Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Ross Sea, Antarctica, 59204-59238 [2022-20928]
Download as PDF
59204
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
[RTID 0648–XC218]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical
Survey in the Ross Sea, Antarctica
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the United States National Science
Foundation (NSF) Office of Polar
Programs for authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to a
geophysical survey in the Ross Sea,
Antarctica. Pursuant to the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
is requesting comments on its proposal
to issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-year
renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorizations and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than October 31,
2022.
SUMMARY:
Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Physical
comments should be sent to 1315 EastWest Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910
and electronic comments should be sent
to ITP.Harlacher@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments received
electronically, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-under-
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
ADDRESSES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
marine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jenna Harlacher, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of the takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable
MMPA statutory terms cited above are
included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment.
This action is consistent with
categories of activities identified in
Categorical Exclusion B4 (incidental
harassment authorizations with no
anticipated serious injury or mortality)
of the Companion Manual for NOAA
Administrative Order 216–6A, which do
not individually or cumulatively have
the potential for significant impacts on
the quality of the human environment
and for which we have not identified
any extraordinary circumstances that
would preclude this categorical
exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that the
issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies
to be categorically excluded from
further NEPA review.
Summary of Request
On May 26, 2022, NMFS received a
request from NSF for an IHA to take
marine mammals incidental to
conducting a low energy seismic survey
and icebreaking in the Ross Sea. The
application was deemed adequate and
complete on July 22, 2022. NSF’s
request is for take of small numbers of
17 species of marine mammals by Level
B harassment only. Neither NSF nor
NMFS expects serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity
and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Researchers from Louisiana State
University, Texas A&M University,
University of Texas at Austin,
University of West Florida, and
Dauphin Island Sea Lab, with funding
from NSF, propose to conduct a twopart low-energy seismic survey from the
Research Vessel/Icebreaker (RVIB)
Nathaniel B. Palmer (NBP), in the Ross
Sea during Austral Summer 2022–2023.
The two-part proposed survey would
include the Ross Bank and the Drygalski
Trough areas. The proposed seismic
survey would take place in International
waters of the Southern Ocean, in water
depths ranging from ∼150 to 1100
meters (m).
The RVIB Palmer would deploy up to
two 105-in3 generator injector (GI)
airguns at a depth of 1–4 m with a total
maximum discharge volume for the
largest, two-airgun array of 210 in3
along predetermined track lines. During
the Ross Bank survey, ∼1920km of
seismic data would be collected and
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
during the Drygalski Trough survey,
∼1800 km of seismic acquisition would
occur, for a total of 3720 line km.
Although the proposed survey will
occur in the Austral summer, some
icebreaking activities are expected to be
required during the cruise.
The proposed Ross Bank portion of
activity is to determine if, how, when,
and why the Ross Ice Shelf unpinned
from Ross Bank in the recent geologic
past, to assess to what degree that event
caused a re-organization of ice sheet and
ice shelf flow towards its current
configuration. The Drygalski Trough
activities are proposed to examine the
gas hydrate contribution to the Ross Sea
carbon budget. The Drygalski Trough
activities would examine the warming
and carbon cycling of the ephemeral
reservoir of carbon at the extensive
bottom ocean layer-sediment interface
of the Ross Sea. This large carbon
reserve appears to be sealed in the form
of gas hydrate and is a thermogenic
carbon source and carbon storage in
deep sediment hydrates. The warming
and ice melting coupled with high
thermogenic gas hydrate loadings
suggest the Ross Sea is an essential
environment to determine contributions
of current day and potential future
methane, petroleum, and glacial carbon
to shallow sediment and water column
carbon cycles.
Dates and Duration
The RVIB Palmer would likely depart
from Lyttelton, New Zealand, on
December 18, 2022, and would return to
McMurdo Station, Antarctica, on
January 18, 2023, after the program is
completed. The cruise is expected to
consist of 31 days at sea, including
approximately 19 days of seismic
operations (including 2 days of sea trials
and/or contingency), 1 day of ocean
bottom seismometer (OBS) deployment/
recovery, and approximately 11 days of
-Seismic Lines
•
OBS stations
Bl Ross Sea Region MPA {Inset)
1111 Ant. Specially Protected Area (ASPA)
Specific Geographic Region
The proposed survey would take
place in the Ross Sea, Antarctica
(continental shelf between ∼75°–77.7° S
and 171° E–173° E and Drygalski Trough
between ∼74°76.7° S and 163.6° E–170°
E (Figure 1) in International waters of
the Southern Ocean in water depths
ranging from approximately 150 to 1100
m. Representative survey tracklines are
shown in Figure 1; however, the actual
survey effort could occur anywhere
within the outlined study area as
shown. The line locations for the survey
area are preliminary and could be
refined in light of information from data
collected during the study and
conditions within the survey area.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
Vulnerable Marine Ecosystem (VME) Coastal features:
•
VME Risk Areas
~
Important Bird Area (IBA)
al Land
IE tee Shelf
·--· tsobath (m)
Iii
Permanent Research Station
r~~~ Emperor & Addlie Penguin
1111 Ad81ie Penguin
50
100
200
Kilometers
Figure 1 - Ross Sea Survey areas for the proposed low-energy seismic survey in the
Ross Sea during austral summer 2022/2023*
*Showing representative transect lines and the protected areas. Ant. = Antarctic. ASMA= Antarctic
Specially Managed Area. IBA = ImportantBird Area. Sources: Davey (2013 ), CCAMLR (2017), Handley
et al. (2021), and British Antarctic Survey (2022).
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
EN29SE22.000
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
[ : ] McMurdo Ory Valleys. ASMAM2
transit. Some deviation in timing and
ports of call could also result from
unforeseen events such as weather or
logistical issues.
•
Marine IBAs
;~:,JJ Emperor Penguin
59205
59206
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
The procedures to be used for the
proposed survey would entail use of
conventional seismic methodology. The
survey would involve one source vessel,
RVIB Palmer and the airgun array
would be deployed at a depth of
approximately 1–4 m below the surface,
spaced approximately 2.4 m apart for
the two-gun array. Seismic acquisition
is proposed to begin with a standard sea
trial to determine which configuration
and mode of GI airgun(s) provide the
best reflection signals, which depends
on sea-state and subsurface conditions.
A maximum of two GI airguns would be
used. Four GI configurations (each using
one or two GI airguns) would be tested
during the sea trial (Table 1). The largest
volume airgun configuration
(configuration 4) was carried forward in
our analysis and used for estimating the
take numbers proposed for
authorization.
The RVIB Palmer would deploy two
105 in3 GI airguns as an energy source
with a total volume of ∼210 in3. Seismic
pulses would be emitted at intervals of
5 to 10 seconds from the GI airgun. The
receiving system would consist of one
hydrophone streamer, 75 m in length,
with the vessel traveling at 8.3 km/hr
(4.5 knots (kn)) to achieve high-quality
seismic reflection data. As the airguns
are towed along the survey lines, the
hydrophone streamer would receive the
returning acoustic signals and transfer
the data to the on-board processing
system. If sea-ice conditions permit, a
multi-channel digital streamer would be
used to improve signal-to-noise ratio by
digital data processing; if ice is present,
a single-channel digital steamer would
be employed. When not towing seismic
survey gear, the RVIB Palmer has a
maximum speed of 26.9 km/h (14.5 kn),
but cruises at an average speed of 18.7
km/h (10.1 kn). During the Ross Bank
survey, ∼1920km of seismic data would
be collected and during the Drygalski
Trough survey, ∼1800 km of seismic
acquisition would occur, for a total of
3720 line km.
During the Drygalski Trough survey, 2
deployments of 10 OBSs would occur
along 2 different seismic refraction lines
(see Fig. 1 for representative lines).
Following refraction shooting of one
line, OBSs on that line would be
recovered, serviced, and redeployed on
a subsequent refraction line. The
spacing of OBSs on the initial refraction
line would be 5 km apart, but OBSs
could be deployed as close together as
every 500 m on the subsequent
refraction line. All OBSs would be
recovered at the end of the survey. To
retrieve the OBSs, the instrument is
released via an acoustic release system
to float to the surface from the wire and/
or anchor, which are not retrieved.
TABLE 1—FOUR GI CONFIGURATIONS (EACH USING ONE OR TWO GI AIRGUNS) WOULD BE TESTED DURING THE SEA
TRIAL
1 .........................
2 .........................
3 .........................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
4 .........................
50 in3 Harmonic Mode configured as 25 in3 Generator + 25 Injector
in3.
90 in3 Harmonic Mode configured as 45 in3 Generator + 45 Injector
in3.
50 in3 True-GI Mode configured as 45 in3 Generator + 105 Injector
in3.
210 in3 Harmonic Mode configured as 105 in3 Generator + 105 Injector in3.
There could be additional seismic
operations in the study area associated
with equipment testing, re-acquisition
due to reasons such as, but not limited
to, equipment malfunction, data
degradation during poor weather, or
interruption due to shut down or track
deviation in compliance with IHA
requirements. To account for these
additional seismic operations, 25
percent has been added in the form of
operational days, which is equivalent to
adding 25 percent to the proposed line
km to be surveyed.
Along with the airgun and OBS
operations, additional acoustical data
acquisition systems and other
equipment may be operated during the
seismic survey at any time to meet
scientific objectives. The ocean floor
would be mapped with a Multibeam
Ecosounder (MBES), Sub-bottom
Profiler (SBP), and/or Acoustic Doppler
Current Profiler (ADCP). Data
acquisition in the survey area will occur
in water depths ranging from 150 to 700
m. Take of marine mammals is not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Frequency
between
seismic shots
Airgun array total volume
(GI configuration)
Configuration
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
5–10 seconds ................................
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
75 m.
5–10 seconds.
5–10 seconds.
5–10 seconds.
expected to occur incidental to use of
these other sources, whether or not the
airguns are operating simultaneously
with the other sources. Given their
characteristics (e.g., narrow downwarddirected beam), marine mammals would
experience no more than one or two
brief ping exposures, if any exposure
were to occur. NMFS does not expect
that the use of these sources presents
any reasonable potential to cause take of
marine mammals.
(1) Single Beam Echo Sounder
(Knudsen 3260)—The hull-mounted
compressed high-intensity radiated
pulse (CHIRP) sonar is operated at 12
kilohertz (kHz) for bottom-tracking
purposes or at 3.5 kHz in the sub-bottom
profiling mode. The sonar emits energy
in a 30° beam from the bottom of the
ship and has a sound level of 224 dB re:
1 mPa m (rms).
(2) Multibeam Sonar (Kongsberg
EM122)—The hull-mounted, multibeam
sonar operates at a frequency of 12 kHz,
has an estimated maximum source
energy level of 242 dB re 1mPa (rms),
PO 00000
Streamer
length
and emits a very narrow (<2°) beam fore
to aft and 150° in cross-track. The
multibeam system emits a series of nine
consecutive 15 millisecond (ms) pulses.
(3) Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler
(ADCP) (Teledyne RDI VM–150)—The
hull-mounted ADCP operates at a
frequency of 150 kHz, with an estimated
acoustic output level at the source of
223.6 dB re 1mPa (rms). Sound energy
from the ADCP is emitted as a 30°,
conically shaped beam.
(4) ADCP (Ocean Surveyor OS–38)—
The characteristics of this backup, hullmounted ADCP unit are similar to the
Teledyne VM–150. The ADCP operates
at a frequency of 150 kHz with an
estimated acoustic output level at the
source of 223.6 dB re 1mPa (rms). Sound
energy from the ADCP is emitted as a
30° conically-shaped beam.
(5) EK biological echo sounder
(Simrad ES200–7C, ES38B, ES–120–
7C)—This echo sounder is a split-beam
transducer with an estimated acoustic
output level at the source of 183–185 dB
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
re 1mPa and emits a 7° beam. It can
operate at 38 kHz, 120 kHz and 200 kHz.
(6) Acoustic Release—To retrieve
OBSs, an acoustic release transponder
(pinger) is used to interrogate the
instrument at a frequency of 8–11 kHz,
and a response is received at a
frequency of 7–15 kHz. The burn-wire
release assembly is then activated, and
the instrument is released to float to the
surface from the wire and/or anchor
which are not retrieved.
(7) Oceanographic Sampling—during
the Drygalski Trough study, the
researchers would also conduct
opportunistic oceanographic sampling
as time and scheduling allows,
including conductivity, temperature and
depth (CTD) measurements, box cores,
and/or multi-cores.
Icebreaking
Icebreaking activities are expected to
be limited during the proposed survey.
The Ross Sea is generally clear of ice
January through February, because of
the large Ross Sea Polynya that occurs
in front of the Ross Ice Shelf. Heavy ice
conditions would hamper the proposed
activities, as noise from icebreaking
degrades the quality of the geophysical
data to be acquired. If the RVIB Palmer
would find itself in heavy ice
conditions, it is unlikely that the
airgun(s) and streamer could be towed,
as this could damage the equipment and
generate noise interference. The seismic
survey could take place in low ice
conditions if the RVIB Palmer were able
to generate an open path behind the
vessel. The RVIB Palmer is not rated for
breaking multi-year ice and generally
avoids transiting through ice two years
or older and more than 1 m thick. If sea
ice were to be encountered during the
survey, the RVIB Palmer would likely
proceed through one-year sea ice, and
new, thin ice, but would follow leads
wherever possible. Any time spent
icebreaking would take away time from
the proposed research activities, as the
vessel would travel slower in icecovered seas. Based on estimated transit
to the survey area, it is estimated that
the RVIB Palmer would break ice up to
a distance of 500 km. Based on a ship
speed of 5 kn under moderate ice
conditions, this distance represents
approximately 54 hours of icebreaking
(or 2.2 days). Transit through areas of
primarily open water containing brash
ice or pancake ice is not considered
icebreaking for the purposes of this
assessment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application
summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution
and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history, of the potentially
affected species. Additional information
about these species (e.g., physical and
behavioral descriptions) may be found
on NMFS’s website (https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
The populations of marine mammals
considered in this document do not
occur within the U.S. Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) and are therefore
not assigned to stocks and are not
assessed in NMFS’ Stock Assessment
Reports (SAR). As such, information on
potential biological removal (PBR;
defined by the MMPA as the maximum
number of animals, not including
natural mortalities, that may be removed
from a marine mammal stock while
59207
allowing that stock to reach or maintain
its optimum sustainable population)
and on annual levels of serious injury
and mortality from anthropogenic
sources are not available for these
marine mammal populations.
Abundance estimates for marine
mammals in the survey location are
lacking; therefore estimates of
abundance presented here are based on
a variety of other sources including
International Whaling Commission
(IWC) population estimates, the
International Union for Conservation of
Nature’s (IUCN) Red List of Threatened
Species, and various literature estimates
(see IHA application for further detail),
as this is considered the best available
information on potential abundance of
marine mammals in the area.
Seventeen species of marine
mammals could occur in the Ross Sea,
including 5 mysticetes (baleen whales),
7 odontocetes (toothed whales) and 5
pinniped species (Table 2). Another
seven species occur in the Sub-Antarctic
but are unlikely to be encountered in
the proposed survey areas, as they
generally occur farther to the north than
the project area. These species are not
discussed further here but include: the
southern right whale (Eubalaena
australis), common (dwarf) minke whale
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), Cuvier’s
beaked (Ziphius cavirostris), Gray’s
beaked (Mesoplodon grayi), Hector’s
beaked (Mesoplodon hectori), and
spade-toothed beaked (Mesoplodon
traversii) whales, southern right whale
dolphin (Lissodelphis peronii), and
spectacled porpoise (Phocoena
dioptrica). Table 2 lists all species with
expected potential for occurrence in the
Ross Sea, Antarctica, and summarizes
information related to the population,
including regulatory status under the
MMPA and ESA.
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA EXPECTED TO BE AFFECTED BY THE
SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
Common name
Stock1
Scientific name
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 2
Stock abundance
Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals):
Blue whale ...................................................
Balaenoptera musculus ......................................
N/A
E/D;Y
Fin whale ......................................................
Balaenoptera physalus .......................................
N/A
E/D;Y
Humpback whale .........................................
Megaptera novaeangliae ....................................
N/A
Antarctic minke whale6 ................................
Balaenoptera bonaerensis ..................................
N/A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
10,000–25,000.5
1,700.7
140,000.5
38,200. 6
90,000.–100,000.5
80,000.10
42,000.11
Several 100,000 5
515,000.9
59208
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY PRESENT IN THE PROJECT AREA EXPECTED TO BE AFFECTED BY THE
SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES—Continued
Common name
Stock1
Scientific name
Sei whale .....................................................
Balaenoptera borealis .........................................
N/A
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 2
Stock abundance
E
70,000.8
E
360,000.12
12,069.13
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
Family Physeteridae:
Sperm whale ................................................
Physeter macrocephalus ....................................
N/A
Berardius arnuxii .................................................
Mesoplodon grayi ...............................................
Hyperoodon planifrons .......................................
N/A
N/A
N/A
599,300.14
599,300.14
599,300.14
Killer whale ...................................................
Orcinus orca .......................................................
N/A
Long-finned pilot whale ................................
Hourglass dolphin ........................................
Globicephala macrorhynchus .............................
Lagenorhynchus cruciger ...................................
N/A
NA
50,000 16
25,000.17
200,000.15
144,300.15
Crabeater seal .............................................
Lobodon carcinophaga .......................................
N/A
Leopard seal ................................................
Southern elephant seal ................................
Ross seal .....................................................
Weddell seal ................................................
Hydrurga leptonyx ..............................................
Mirounga leonina ................................................
Ommatophoca rossii ...........................................
Leptonychotes weddellii .....................................
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Family Ziphiidae (beaked whales):
Arnoux’s beaked whale ................................
Strap-toothed beaked whale ........................
Southern bottlenose whale ..........................
Family Delphinidae:
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
5–10 million 18
1.7 million.19
222,000–440,00.5 20
750,000.23
250,000.22
1 million.5 21
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
N.A. = data not available.
1 Occurrence in area at the time of the proposed activities; based on professional opinion and available data.
2 U.S. Endangered Species Act: EN = endangered, NL = not listed.
5 Worldwide (Jefferson et al., 2015).
6 Antarctic (Aguilar and Garcı´a-Vernet 2018).
7 Antarctic (Branch et al., 2007).
8 Southern Hemisphere (Horwood 2018).
9 Southern Hemisphere (IWC 2020).
10 Southern Hemisphere (Clapham 2018).
11 Antarctic feeding area (IWC 2020).
12 Worldwide (Whitehead 2002).
13 Antarctic south of 60° S (Whitehead 2002).
14 All beaked whales south of the Antarctic Convergence; mostly southern bottlenose whales (Kasamatsu and Joyce 1995).
15 Kasamatsu and Joyce (1995).
16 Worldwide (Forney and Wade 2006).
17 Minimum estimate for Southern Ocean (Branch and Butterworth 2001).
18 Worldwide (Bengtson and Stewart 2018).
19 Ross and Amundsen seas (Bengtson et al., 2011).
20 Rogers et al., 2018.
21 Hu
¨ cksta¨dt 2018a.
22 Worldwide (Curtis et al., 2011 in Hu
¨ cksta¨dt 2018b).
23 Total world population (Hindell et al., 2016).
All species that could potentially
occur in the proposed survey areas are
included in Table 2. As described
below, all 17 species temporally and
spatially co-occur with the activity to
the degree that take is reasonably likely
to occur, and we have proposed
authorizing it.
We have reviewed NSF’s species
descriptions, including life history
information, distribution, regional
distribution, diving behavior, and
acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
completeness. We refer the reader to
Section 4 of NSF’s IHA application for
a complete description of the species,
and offer a brief introduction to the
species here, as well as information
regarding population trends and threats,
and describe information regarding local
occurrence.
Mysticetes
Blue Whale
The blue whale has a cosmopolitan
distribution, but tends to be mostly
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
pelagic, only occurring nearshore to
feed and possibly breed (Jefferson et al.,
2015). It is most often found in cool,
productive waters where upwelling
occurs (Reilly and Thayer 1990). The
distribution of the species, at least
during times of the year when feeding
is a major activity, occurs in areas that
provide large seasonal concentrations of
euphausiids (Yochem and Leatherwood
1985). Seamounts and other deep ocean
structures may be important habitat for
blue whales (Lesage et al., 2016).
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
Generally, blue whales are seasonal
migrants between high latitudes in
summer, where they feed, and low
latitudes in winter, where they mate and
give birth (Lockyer and Brown 1981).
Historically, blue whales were most
abundant in the Southern Ocean.
Although, the population structure of
the Antarctic blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus intermedia) in the Southern
Ocean is not well understood, there is
evidence of discrete feeding stocks
(Sears & Perrin 2018). Cooke (2018)
explains that ‘‘there are no complete
estimates of recent or current abundance
for the other regions, but plausible total
numbers would be 1,000–3,000 in the
North Atlantic, 3,000–5,000 in the North
Pacific, and possibly 1,000–3,000 in the
eastern South Pacific. The number of
Pygmy Blue whales is very uncertain
but may be in the range 2,000–5,000.
Taken together with a range of 5,000–
8,000 in the Antarctic, the global
population size in 2018 is plausibly in
the range 10,000–25,000 total or 5,000–
15,000 mature, compared with a 1926
global population of at least 140,000
mature.’’ Blue whales begin migrating
north out of the Antarctic to winter
breeding grounds earlier than fin and sei
whales.
The Antarctic blue whale is typically
found south of 55° S during summer,
although some individuals do not
migrate (Branch et al., 2007a). The blue
whale is considered to be rare in the
Southern Ocean; up to 360,000 blue
whales were harvested in the Southern
Hemisphere in the early 20th century
(Sears and Perrin 2018). Ainley (2010)
noted that they were extirpated from the
Ross Sea shelf break front in the 1920s.
Smith et al. (2012) estimated that 30
blue whales may occur in the Ross Sea.
Several sighting records were reported
for the northern Ross Sea between 1978
and 2005 (Kasamatsu et al., 1990;
Nishiwaki et al., 1997; Matsuoka et al.,
2006; Ainley et al., 2010) as well as
during a 2008 survey (Baird and
Mormede 2014). Acoustic detections
were also made in the northeastern Ross
Sea between 1996 to 2010 (Shabangu et
al., 2018). Eight groups of 24
individuals were seen north of the Ross
Sea during summer surveys in 2002–
2003 (Ensor et al., 2003). No blue
whales were seen during an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January–February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Fin Whale
The fin whale is widely distributed in
all the world’s oceans (Gambell 1985),
although it is most abundant in
temperate and cold waters (Aguilar and
Garcı´a-Vernet 2018). Nonetheless, its
overall range and distribution is not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
well known (Jefferson et al., 2015). Fin
whales most commonly occur offshore,
but can also be found in coastal areas
(Jefferson et al., 2015). Most populations
migrate seasonally between temperate
waters where mating and calving occur
in winter, and polar waters where
feeding occurs in the summer; they are
known to use the shelf edge as a
migration route (Evans 1987). The
northern and southern fin whale
populations likely do not interact owing
to their alternate seasonal migration; the
resulting genetic isolation has led to the
recognition of two subspecies, B.
physalus quoyi and B. p. physalus in the
Southern and Northern hemispheres,
respectively (Anguilar and Garcı´aVernet 2018).
They likely migrate beyond 60° S
during the early to mid-austral summer,
arriving at southern feeding grounds
after blue whales. Overall, fin whale
density tends to be higher outside the
continental slope than inside it. During
the austral summer, the distribution of
fin whales ranges from 40° S–60° S in
the southern Indian and South Atlantic
oceans and 50° S–65° S in the South
Pacific. Aguilar and Garcı´a-Vernet
(2018) found abundance estimates
resulted in 38,200 individuals in the
Antarctic south of 307° S.
Based on Edwards et al. (2015),
densities in the Southern Ocean south
of 60° S (including the northern part of
the Ross Sea) are highest during
December–February, with non-zero
densities <0.003 whales/km2. Pinkerton
et al. (2010) assumed that ∼200 fin
whales use the Ross Sea during summer.
Fin whale sightings have been reported
for the Ross Sea by several authors
(Nishiwaki et al., 1997; Matsuoka et al.,
2006; Ainley et al., 2010; Baird and
Mormede 2014; MacDiarmid and
Stewart 2015). During an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January through February 2015, 13
sightings totaling 34 fin whales were
made, including within the proposed
survey area (RPS 2015a). Ensor et al.
(2003) reported sightings north of the
Ross Sea during summer surveys in
2002–2003.
Humpback Whale
The humpback whale is found in all
ocean basins (Clapham 2018). Based on
genetic data, there could be three
subspecies, occurring in the North
Pacific, North Atlantic, and Southern
Hemisphere (Jackson et al., 2014). The
humpback whale is highly migratory,
undertaking one of the world’s longest
mammalian migrations by traveling
between mid- to high-latitude waters
where it feeds during spring to fall and
low-latitude wintering grounds over
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59209
shallow banks, where it mates and
calves (Winn and Reichley 1985;
Bettridge et al., 2015). Although
considered to be mainly a coastal
species, it often traverses deep pelagic
areas while migrating (Baker et al.,
1998; Garrigue et al., 2002; Zerbini et
al., 2011).
In the Southern Hemisphere,
humpback whales migrate annually
from summer foraging areas in the
Antarctic to breeding grounds in
tropical seas (Clapham 2018). The IWC
recognizes seven breeding populations
in the Southern Hemisphere that are
linked to six foraging areas in the
Antarctic (Bettridge et al., 2015;
Clapham 2018). Humpbacks that occur
in the western Ross Sea (west of 170° W)
are part of the Area V feeding stock
(Schmitt et al., 2014); these individuals
are from the Oceania DPS that breeds in
French Polynesia, Cook Islands, and
Tonga, and from the East Australia DPS
(Schmitt et al., 2014; Bettridge et al.,
2015).
Humpback densities are high north of
the Ross Sea (Branch 2011; Matsuoka
and Hakamada 2020), but not within it
(Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). Pinkerton
et al. (2010) estimated that <5 percent
(150 individuals) of the Southern Ocean
population occurs in the Ross Sea in the
austral summer. Humpback whales were
seen in the northern Ross Sea during
surveys conducted between 1987 and
2009 (Baird and Mormede 2014;
MacDiarmid and Stewart 2015).
However, none were seen in the Ross
Sea during the International Whaling
Commission-Southern Ocean Whale and
Ecosystem Research (IDCR/SOWER)
surveys from 1978/79 to 2004/05
(Branch 2011). During an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January–February 2015, two sightings
totaling six individuals were made east
of the proposed survey areas (RPS
2015a). Acoustic detections were also
made in the northeastern Ross Sea
between 1996 to 2010 (Shabangu et al.,
2018). Ensor et al. (2003) reported
numerous humpback sightings and
acoustic detections north of the Ross
Sea during summer surveys in 2002–
2003.
Antarctic Minke Whale
The Antarctic minke whale has a
circumpolar distribution in coastal and
offshore areas of the Southern
Hemisphere from ∼7 degrees S to the ice
edge (Jefferson et al., 2015). It is found
between 60° S and the ice edge during
the austral summer; in the austral
winter, it is mainly found at midlatitude breeding grounds, including off
western South Africa and northeastern
Brazil, where it is primarily oceanic,
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59210
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
occurring beyond the shelf break (Perrin
et al., 2018). Antarctic minke whale
densities are highest near pack ice
edges, although they are also found
amongst pack ice (Ainley et al., 2012;
Williams et al., 2014), where they feed
almost entirely on krill (Tamura and
Konishi 2009). Murase et al. (2006,
2007) found that minke whale
distribution was related to krill density
in the Ross Sea, with the greatest
number of pods in areas with a krill
density of 1 g/m2.
Minke whales were harvested heavily
in the Southern Ocean during the 1970s
and 1980s, with >13,000 harvested in
the early 1980s; but the hunt ceased in
1986 under an IWC moratorium (Ainley
2002). However, Japanese whaling
continued under scientific permit taking
hundreds of minke whales in the Ross
Sea since the late 1980s (Ainley 2002).
During Japanese sighting surveys from
1976–1988, high encounter rates
occurred in the Ross Sea (Kasamatsu et
al., 1996), where minke whales are
known to form feeding aggregations
(Kasamatsu et al., 1998). Saino and
Guglielmo (2002) reported a mean
density of 0.13 whales/km2 in the
western Ross Sea. The minke whale is
the most abundant species occupying
the shelf waters in the Ross Sea
(Waterhouse 2001; Smith et al., 2007).
Approximately six percent of Antarctic
minke whales occur in the Ross Sea
(Ainley et a,l. 2010; Smith et al., 2012).
The Ross Sea population was estimated
at 14,300 by Ainley (2002) and 87,643
individuals by Matsuoka et al., (2009).
Ainley et al. (2017) reported that
minke whales started to arrive in the
southwestern Ross Sea in midNovember, with decreasing ice
conditions. Ainley et al. (2010, 2012)
and Ballard et al. (2012) reported
sightings around the northwestern and
northeastern periphery of the proposed
Ross Bank survey area and within the
Drygalski Trough survey area. Although
minke whales have a high likelihood of
occurrence in the Ross Sea (e.g., Ainley
et al., 2012; Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014),
habitat suitability for the proposed
survey area in summer was modeled as
relatively low (Ballard et al., 2012).
However, minke whales were seen in
the Ross Sea during surveys conducted
between 1978 and 2009, including
within the proposed survey area
(Kasamatsu et al., 1990; Baird and
Mormede 2014; MacDiarmid and
Stewart 2015). They were also detected
acoustically in the Ross Sea in 2004
(Dolman et al., 2005). Minke whales
were seen feeding (presumable on fish)
in the southwestern Ross Sea (Lauriano
et al., 2007). During an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
January–February 2015, 224 sightings
totaling 1023 minke whales were made,
including within the proposed survey
area and in McMurdo Sound (RPS
2015a). Ensor et al. (2003) reported
numerous sightings north of the Ross
Sea during summer surveys in 2002–
2003.
Sei Whale
The sei whale occurs in all ocean
basins (Horwood 2018), predominantly
inhabiting deep waters throughout their
range (Acevedo et al., 2017a). It
undertakes seasonal migrations to feed
in sub-polar latitudes during summer,
returning to lower latitudes during
winter to calve (Horwood 2018). Recent
observation records indicate that the sei
whale may utilize the Vito´ria-Trindade
Chain off Brazil as calving grounds
(Heissler et al., 2016). In the Southern
Hemisphere, sei whales typically
concentrate between the Subtropical
and Antarctic convergences during the
summer (Horwood 2018) between 40° S
and 50° S, with larger, older whales
typically travelling into the northern
Antarctic zone while smaller, younger
individuals remain in the lower
latitudes (Acevedo et al., 2017a).
Pinkerton et al. (2010) assumed that
approximately 100 animals may occur
in the Ross Sea. Ensor et al. (2003)
reported no sightings south of 54° S
during a summer survey of the Southern
Ocean in 2002–2003. No sei whales
were seen during an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January–February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Odontocetes
Sperm Whale
The sperm whale is widely
distributed, occurring from the edge of
the polar pack ice to the Equator in both
hemispheres, with the sexes occupying
different distributions (Whitehead
2018). In general, it is distributed over
large temperate and tropical areas that
have high secondary productivity and
steep underwater topography, such as
volcanic islands (Jaquet and Whitehead
1996). Its distribution and relative
abundance can vary in response to prey
availability, most notably squid (Jaquet
and Gendron 2002). Females generally
inhabit waters greater than 1,000 m
deep at latitudes less than 40° where sea
surface temperatures are less than 15 °C;
adult males move to higher latitudes as
they grow older and larger in size,
returning to warm-water breeding
grounds according to an unknown
schedule (Whitehead 2018).
Few sperm whales are thought to
occur in the Ross Sea (Smith et al.,
2012), although Pinkerton et al. (2010)
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
assumed that 800 sperm whales could
be using the Ross Sea. Sperm whales
generally do not occur south of
approximately 73–74° S in the Ross Sea
(Matsuoka et al., 1998; Ropert-Coudert
et al., 2014). Nonetheless, sperm whales
have been reported there by several
authors (Kasamatsu et al., 1990; Baird
and Mormede 2014). Ensor et al. (2003)
reported numerous sightings and
acoustic detections north of the Ross
Sea during summer surveys in 2002–
2003. No sperm whales were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in
the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Arnoux’s Beaked Whale
Arnoux’s beaked whale is distributed
in deep, cold, temperate, and subpolar
waters of the Southern Hemisphere,
occurring between 24° S and Antarctica
(Thewissen 2018), as far south as the
Ross Sea at approximately 78° S (Perrin
et al,. 2009). Most records exist for
southeastern South America, Falkland
Islands, Antarctic Peninsula, South
Africa, New Zealand, and southern
Australia (MacLeod et al., 2006;
Jefferson et al., 2015).
Ainley et al. (2010) and Van
Waerebeek et al. (2010), and RopertCoudert et al. (2014) reported their
occurrence in the Ross Sea. Lauriano et
al. (2011) reported two sightings of
single individuals in Terra Nova Bay,
western Ross Sea, during summer 2004
surveys. There may be 50 (Pinkerton et
al., 2010) to 150 (Smith et al., 2012)
Arnoux’s beaked whales in the Ross
Sea. No Arnoux’s beaked whales were
seen during an NSF-funded seismic
survey in the Ross Sea in January
through February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Southern Bottlenose Whale
The southern bottlenose whale is
found throughout the Southern
Hemisphere from 30° S to the ice edge,
with most sightings reported between
approximately 57° S and 70° S (Jefferson
et al., 2015; Moors-Murphy 2018).
Several sighting and stranding records
exist for southeastern South America,
Falkland Islands, South Georgia Island,
southeastern Brazil, Argentina, South
Africa, and numerous sightings have
been reported for the Southern Ocean
(Findlay et al., 1992; MacLeod et al.
2006; Riccialdelli et al., 2017). The
population size of southern bottlenose
whales in the Ross Sea was assumed to
be 500 by Pinkerton et al. (2010).
Ropert-Coudert et al. (2014) reported
their occurrence in the Ross Sea, and
Kasamatsu et al. (1990) reported
sightings between 1978 and 1988.
Southern bottlenose whales were also
sighted in the northern Ross Sea and
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
north of there during surveys of the
Southern Ocean by Van Waerebeek et
al. (2010). Several unidentified beaked
whales have also been reported in the
Ross Sea, including in the Ross Bank
survey area and near the Drygalski
Trough survey area (Baird and Mormede
2014; MacDiarmid and Stewart 2015;
Matsuoka and Hakamada 2020). Ensor et
al. (2003) and Matsuoka and Hakamada
(2020) reported numerous sightings of
southern bottlenose whales north of the
Ross Sea. No bottlenose whales were
seen during an NSF-funded seismic
survey in the Ross Sea in January–
February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Strap-Toothed Beaked Whale
The strap-toothed beaked whale is
thought to have a circumpolar
distribution in temperate and
subantarctic waters of the Southern
Hemisphere, mostly between 32° and
63° S (MacLeod et al., 2006; Jefferson et
al., 2015). It is likely quite common in
the Southern Ocean (Pitman 2018). It
may undertake limited migration to
warmer waters during the austral winter
(Pitman 2018). Strap-toothed beaked
whales are thought to migrate
northward from Antarctic and
subantarctic latitudes during April–
September (Sekiguchi et al,. 1995). One
group of three strap-toothed beaked
whales was seen north of the Ross Sea,
north of 65° S, during a 2002 through
2003 summer survey (Ensor et al.,
2003). No strap-toothed beaked whales
were seen during an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January through February 2015 (RPS
2015a).
Killer Whale
The killer whale is cosmopolitan and
globally abundant; it has been observed
in all oceans of the world (Ford 2018).
It is very common in temperate waters
but also occurs in tropical waters
(Heyning and Dahlheim 1988) and
inhabits coastal and offshore regions
(Budylenko 1981). Mikhalev et al.
(1981) noted that it appears to migrate
from warmer waters during the winter
to higher latitudes during the summer.
In the Antarctic, it commonly occurs up
to the pack ice edge but may also find
its way into ice-covered water (Ford
2018).
There are three ecotypes that occur in
Antarctic waters: type A hunts marine
mammals in open water, mainly seeking
minke whales, type B hunt seals in
loose pack ice, and type C feeds on fish
in dense pack ice (Pitman and Ensor
2003); these types are likely different
species (Morin et al., 2010; Pitman et
al., 2017). Type D occurs in subantarctic
waters and is also likely a separate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
species (Pitman et al., 2011). Type B
travels widely to hunt its prey, whereas
type C is more resident (Andrews et al.,
2008). In fact, type Cs (Ross Sea killer
whales) appear to have resident and
transient groups in the Ross Sea (e.g.,
Ainley et al., 2017). In the Ross Sea,
abundance has been estimated at 7500
individuals (Smith et al., 2007). Ainley
et al. (2010) and Smith et al. (2012)
estimated that approximately 50 percent
of Ross Sea killer whales use the Ross
Sea during summer foraging. Smith et
al. (2012) reported 3350 type C killer
whales and 70 type A/B killer whales in
the Ross Sea. Pitman et al. (2017)
reported only two ecotypes in the Ross
Sea (types B and C), but Ainley et al.
(2010) noted that type A could occur
along the slope.
Ainley et al. (2017) reported that type
C and B killer whales start to arrive in
the southwestern Ross Sea in midNovember, with decreasing ice
conditions, with type Bs arriving earlier
than type Cs. Type C killer whales have
been seen feeding (presumable on fish)
in the southwestern Ross Sea (Lauriano
et al., 2007), and type B and C killer
whales were reported during summer
2004 surveys in Terra Nova Bay,
western Ross Sea (Lauriano et al., 2011).
Eisert et al. (2014) reported Type C and
B in McMurdo Sound. Type C killer
whales have also been detected
acoustically in McMurdo Sound
(Wellard et al., 2020). During an NSFfunded seismic survey in the Ross Sea
in January through February 2015, 14
sightings totaling 254 killer whales were
made, including within the survey area
and in McMurdo Sound (RPS 2015a).
Saino and Guglielmo (2002) reported a
mean density of 0.05 whales/km2 in the
western Ross Sea. However, numbers of
type C killer whales have apparently
decreased in the southwestern Ross Sea,
because of changes in prey distribution
(Antarctic toothfish) likely brought on
by fishing pressures (Ainley et al., 2009;
Ainley and Ballard 2012). However,
Pitman et al. (2018) suggested that the
presence of a mega-iceberg at Ross
Island may have also impeded killer
whale movement, thereby affecting the
population size; they estimated a
population size of 470 distinct
individuals in McMurdo Sound. Type B
killer whale numbers have not changed
in the southern Ross Sea, where they
hunt Weddell seals and emperor
penguins (Ainley and Ballard 2012).
Type C killer whale appears to favor
the Ross Sea shelf and slope (Ballard et
al., 2012). Sightings of type C killer
whales within and west of the proposed
study area have been reported during
summer (Andrews et al., 2008; Ballard
et al., 2012). The habitat suitability for
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59211
the proposed survey area in summer for
type C killer whales was modeled as
relatively high, whereas it was lower for
the Drygalski Trough survey area
(Ballard et al., 2012). Andrew et al.
(2008) documented movement of a
tagged type B killer whale to the west
of the proposed study area. Aubrey et al.
(1982) reported sightings of killer
whales in the Ross Sea off Cape Adare
and over Pennell Banks, and noted that
killer whales were abundant off Ross
Island. Killer whales were also reported
in the Ross Sea by several other authors
(e.g., Kasamatsu et al., 1990; Van Dam
and Kooyman 2004; Van Waerebeek et
al., 2010; Baird and Mormede 2014;
Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). Acoustic
detections were also made in the
northeastern Ross Sea between 1996 to
2010 (Shabangu et al., 2018). Ensor et al.
(2003) reported numerous sightings and
acoustic detections north of the Ross
Sea during summer surveys in 2002–
2003.
Long-Finned Pilot Whales
The long-finned pilot whale is
distributed antitropically in cold
temperate waters, including the
Southern Ocean, whereas the shortfinned pilot whale is found in tropical
and warm temperate waters (Olson
2018). The ranges of the two species
show little overlap (Olson 2018). Longfinned pilot whales are geographically
isolated and separated into two
subspecies, G. melas melas and G.
melas edwardii in the Northern and
Southern hemispheres, respectively
(Olson 2018). In the Southern
Hemisphere, their range extends to the
Antarctic Convergence and sometimes
as far south as 68° S (Jefferson et al.,
2015). Although generally not seen
south of 68° S, long-finned pilot whales
were reported in the Ross Sea during
observations from longliners between
1997 and 2009 (Baird and Mormede
2014). During summer surveys in 2002–
2003, several sightings were made north
of the Ross Sea (Ensor et al., 2003). They
were also reported north of the Ross Sea
during surveys by Van Waerebeek et al.
(2010). No pilot whales were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in
the Ross Sea in January–February 2015
(RPS 2015a).
Hourglass Dolphin
The hourglass dolphin occurs in the
Southern Ocean, with most sightings
between approximately 45° S and 60° S
(Cipriano 2018). However, some
sightings have been made as far north as
33° S (Jefferson et al., 2015). Hourglass
dolphins were sighted near 45° S, north
of the Ross Sea, during surveys of the
Southern Ocean (Van Waerebeek et al.,
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59212
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
2010). Although it is pelagic, it is also
sighted near banks and islands
(Cipriano 2018). Ensor et al. (2003)
reported numerous sightings of
hourglass dolphins north of the Ross
Sea, north of 65° S, during a summer
survey in 2002–2003. No hourglass
dolphins were seen during an NSFfunded seismic survey in the Ross Sea
in January through February 2015 (RPS
2015a).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Phocids
Crabeater Seal
The crabeater seal has a circumpolar
distribution off Antarctica and is the
most abundant seal in the region,
sometimes congregating in the hundreds
(Bengtson and Stewart 2018). It
generally spends the entire year in the
advancing and retreating pack ice
(Bengtson and Stewart 2018). However,
outside of the breeding season, crabeater
seals spend ∼14 percent of their time in
open water (reviewed in Southwell et
al., 2012); they mainly forage on krill.
During the breeding season, crabeater
seals are most likely to be present
within 5° or less (∼550 km) of the shelf
break; non-breeding animals range
farther north (Southwell et al., 2012).
Pupping season peaks in mid- to lateOctober, and adults are observed with
their pups as late as mid-December
(Bengtson and Stewart 2018).
Crabeater seals are most common in
the pack ice of the northern Ross Sea
(Waterhouse 2001). A population of
approximately 204,000 has been
estimated for the Ross Sea (Waterhouse
2001; Ainley 2002, 2010; Pinkerton and
Bradford-Grieve 2010; Smith et al.,
2012). Crabeater seals have been
reported for the Ross Sea by several
authors (Stirling 1969; Van Dam and
Kooyman 2004; Bester and Stewart
2006; Baird and Mormede 2014; RopertCoudert et al., 2014). Crabeater seals
have been sighted within the proposed
survey area (e.g., Saino and Guglielmo
2000; Ainley et al., 2010; Ballard et al.,
2012), with greater habitat suitability in
summer in the Drygalski Trough survey
area than in the Ross Bank survey area
(Ballard et al., 2012). Similarly,
Bengtson et al. (2011) reported
relatively low densities in the Ross Bank
area and higher densities in the
Drygalski Trough area. Saino and
Guglielmo (2002) showed increasing
densities with increasing pack ice and
distance from shore, with a mean
density of 0.49 seals/km2, in the western
Ross Sea. In contrast, Bengtson et al.
(2011) reported the highest density (1.3
seals/km2) on the shelf at distances up
to 200 km from the ice edge during
surveys of the Ross and Amundsen seas;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
densities in the proposed survey area
were estimated to be low. During an
NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross
Sea in January through February 2015,
9 sightings of 14 individuals were made
(RPS 2015a).
Leopard Seal
The leopard seal has a circumpolar
distribution around the Antarctic
continent where it is solitary and widely
dispersed at low densities (Rogers
2018). It primarily occurs in pack ice,
but when the sea ice extent is reduced,
it can be found in coastal habitats
(Meade et al., 2015). Leopard seals are
top predators, consuming everything
from krill and fish to penguins and
other seals (e.g., Hall-Aspland and
Rogers 2004). Pups are born during
October to mid-November and weaned
∼one month later (Rogers 2018). Mating
occurs in the water during December
and January. A population of ∼8000 is
thought to occur in the Ross Sea
(Waterhouse 2001; Ainley 2002, 2010;
Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve 2010;
Smith et al., 2012). Bengtson et al.
(2011) reported an abundance of 15,000
leopard seals for the Ross and
Amundsen seas. Densities were highest
(0.024 seals/km2) in water <3000 m
deep and <100 km from the ice edge;
very low densities were estimated for
the southern portion of the Ross Bank
survey area, with low densities in the
rest of the survey area and in the
Drygalski Trough survey area (Bengtson
et al., 2011). Leopard seals have been
documented to take Ade´lie penguins at
several colonies in the Ross Sea,
including Cape Crozier (south of the
proposed survey areas), and in
McMurdo Sound (Ainley et al., 2005).
Leopard seals have been reported within
and near the Drygalski Trough survey
area, no sightings have been reported
within the Ross Bank survey area
(Stirling 1969; Ackley et al., 2003; Van
Dam and Kooyman 2004; Bester and
Stewart 2006; Ainley et al., 2010; Baird
and Mormede 2014; Ropert-Coudert et
al., 2014). No leopard seals were sighted
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in
the Ross Sea in January–February 2015
(RPS 2015a).
Southern Elephant Seal
The southern elephant seal has a near
circumpolar distribution in the
Southern Hemisphere (Jefferson et al.,
2015), with breeding sites located on
islands throughout the subantarctic
(Hindell 2018). Breeding colonies are
generally island-based, with the
occasional exception of the Antarctic
mainland (Hindell 2018).
When not breeding (September–
October) or molting (November–April),
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
southern elephant seals range
throughout the Southern Ocean from
areas north of the Antarctic Polar Front
to the pack ice of the Antarctic,
spending >80 percent of their time at
sea each year, up to 90 percent of which
is spent submerged while hunting,
travelling, and resting in water depths
≥200 m (Hindell 2018). Males generally
feed in continental shelf waters, while
females preferentially feed in ice-free
Antarctic Polar Front waters or the
marginal ice zone in accordance with
winter ice expansion (Hindell 2018).
Southern elephant seals tagged at South
Georgia showed long-range movements
from ∼April through October into the
open Southern Ocean and to the shelf of
the Antarctic Peninsula (McConnell and
Fedak 1996). Their occurrence in the
Ross Sea is rare and only during the
summer (Waterhouse 2001; Pinkerton
and Bradford-Grieve 2010). The
population size in the Ross Sea is
estimated to number <100 individuals
(Ainley 2010; Smith et al., 2012).
Ropert-Coudert et al. (2014) reported
one record in the Ross Sea, in McMurdo
Sound. No southern elephant seals were
seen during an NSF-funded seismic
survey in the Ross Sea in January–
February 2015 (RPS 2015a)
Ross Seal
Ross seals are considered the rarest of
all Antarctic seals; they are the least
documented because they are
infrequently observed. Ross seals have a
circumpolar Antarctic distribution.
They are pelagic through most of the
year.
The population in the Ross Sea may
number 500 (Smith et al,. 2012) to 5000
individuals (Waterhouse 2001; Ainley
2010; Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve
2010). According to surveys by Bester et
al. (2006), Ross seals are relatively
abundant in the Ross Sea. Based on
surveys of the Ross and Amundsen seas,
Bengtson et al. (2011) estimated an
abundance of 22,600, with the highest
density (0.032 seals/km2) in deep water
(greater than 3000 m) within 200 km
from the ice edge; low densities were
estimated for the proposed survey area.
Ross seals were seen in the western
(Stirling 1969) and eastern Ross Sea
during surveys (Stirling 1969; Ackley et
al., 2003; Bester and Stewart 2006).
During an NSF-funded seismic survey
in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015, two sightings of single
Ross seals were made to the east of the
proposed survey area (RPS 2015a).
Weddell Seal
The Weddell seal is the second most
abundant species of Antarctic seal
(Hu¨cksta¨dt 2018a). It occurs in the fast
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
and pack ice around all of Antarctica, as
well as on land along the coast, but is
rarely found in ice-free water (Hu¨cksta¨dt
2018a). It occurs on the Ross Sea shelf
and slope (Ballard et al., 21012). It is the
most southerly breeding mammal in the
world, occurring as far south as the RIS
(Hu¨cksta¨dt 2018a). Unlike other
Antarctic ice seals, Weddell seals form
colonies (Cameron et al., 2007). There
are numerous pupping locations
throughout the western Ross Sea,
including around Ross Island (Ainley et
al., 2010). Juveniles tend to disperse
widely, resulting in genetic diversity in
the population (Hu¨cksta¨dt 2018a). Seals
outfitted with tags in the western Ross
Sea were documented to disperse
hundreds of kilometers, making their
way into the proposed survey areas
(Ainley et al., 2010; Goetz 2015).
However, some small colonies have
been isolated from open water by ice
sheets and therefore show inbreeding
depression (Gelatt et al., 2010). Weddell
seals primarily feed on fish. Pups are
born from October through November
and are weaned after ∼six to eight weeks
(Hu¨cksta¨dt 2018a). Paterson et al. (2015)
suggested that the timing of
reproduction by Weddell seals in Erebus
Bay, McMurdo Sound, is coupled with
periods of high productivity in Ross
Bay. After the breeding season, the ice
breaks down and seals disperse into the
sea to forage for one to two months and
return to ice or land to molt in January
and February (Hu¨cksta¨dt 2018a).
Ainley et al. (2010) estimated that 50
to 72 percent of the South Pacific sector
of Weddell seals occur in the Ross Sea.
The population in the Ross Sea has been
estimated between 32,000 and 50,000
individuals (e.g., Ainley 2002, 2010;
Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve 2010;
Smith et al., 2012). Bengtson et al.
(2011) estimated the population in the
Ross and Amundsen seas at 330,000
seals. The highest densities (up to 0.173
seals/km2) were observed in water less
than 3000 m deep; densities in the
proposed survey area were estimated to
be lower (Bengtson et al., 2011).
Populations at McMurdo Sound were
permanently reduced by sealing in the
20th century (Ainley 2010). Sightings
within the Ross Sea, including within
and near the proposed survey area, have
been reported by several sources
(Stirling 1969; Saino and Guglielmo
2002; Ackley et al., 2003; Van Dam and
Kooyman 2004; Bester and Stewart
2006; Ainley et al., 2010; RopertCoudert et al., 2014; Baird and
Mormede 2014). Ballard et al. (2012)
relatively low habitat suitability for
Weddell seals in the majority of the
Ross Bank survey area, with higher
suitability in the eastern portion of the
Ross Bank survey area and within the
Drygalski Trough survey area. During an
NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross
Sea in January through February 2015,
17 sightings of Weddell seals were
made, including within the proposed
survey area (RPS 2015a).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
59213
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al., (2007)
recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups
based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available
behavioral response data, audiograms
derived using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 3.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS (NMFS, 2018)
Generalized hearing
range *
Hearing group
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) ...................................................................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) .........................................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L.
australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) .................................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ............................................................................................
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemila¨ et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth & Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59214
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
Description of Active Acoustic Sound
Sources
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used in this proposal in
as much as the information is relevant
to the specified activity and to a
discussion of the potential effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
found later in this document.
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in hertz
(Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is
the distance between two peaks or
corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency
sounds have shorter wavelengths than
lower frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower
water. Amplitude is the height of the
sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
of a sound and is typically described
using the relative unit of the dB. A
sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is
described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference
pressure (for underwater sound, this is
one microPascal (mPa)) and is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore, a
relatively small change in dB
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. The source level (SL)
represents the SPL referenced at a
distance of one m from the source
(referenced to one mPa) while the
received level is the SPL at the listener’s
position (referenced to one mPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Root mean
square is calculated by squaring all of
the sound amplitudes, averaging the
squares, and then taking the square root
of the average (Urick 1983). Root mean
square accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures
makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation
of pressure levels (Hastings & Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL;
represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents
the total energy contained within a
pulse and considers both intensity and
duration of exposure. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum
instantaneous sound pressure
measurable in the water at a specified
distance from the source and is
represented in the same units as the rms
sound pressure. Another common
metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure
(pk-pk), which is the algebraic
difference between the peak positive
and peak negative sound pressures.
Peak-to-peak pressure is typically
approximately six dB higher than peak
pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in a manner similar
to ripples on the surface of a pond and
may be either directed in a beam or
beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case
for pulses produced by the airgun arrays
considered here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound
waves are detected as changes in
pressure by aquatic life and man-made
sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound. Ambient sound is
defined as environmental background
sound levels lacking a single source or
point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the
sound level of a region is defined by the
total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of
sources contribute to ambient sound,
including the following (Richardson et
al., 1995):
(1) Wind and waves: The complex
interactions between wind and water
surface, including processes such as
breaking waves and wave-induced
bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson, 1995). In
general, ambient sound levels tend to
increase with increasing wind speed
and wave height. Surf sound becomes
important near shore, with
measurements collected at a distance of
8.5 km from shore showing an increase
of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band
during heavy surf conditions;
(2) Precipitation: Sound from rain and
hail impacting the water surface can
become an important component of total
sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times;
(3) Biological: Marine mammals can
contribute significantly to ambient
sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from
approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz;
and
(4) Anthropogenic: Sources of
ambient sound related to human activity
include transportation (surface vessels),
dredging and construction, oil and gas
drilling and production, seismic
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for
frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In
general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below one
kHz and, if higher frequency sound
levels are created, they attenuate
rapidly. Sound from identifiable
anthropogenic sources other than the
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel)
is sometimes termed background sound,
as opposed to ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources at any
given location and time—which
comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
sound—depends not only on the source
levels (as determined by current
weather conditions and levels of
biological and human activity) but also
on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from a given activity
may be a negligible addition to the local
environment or could form a distinctive
signal that may affect marine mammals.
Details of source types are described in
the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall
into one of two general types: pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in the
following). The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
impact pile driving) produce signals
that are brief (typically considered to be
less than one second), broadband, atonal
transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
occur either as isolated events or
repeated in some succession. Pulsed
sounds are all characterized by a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonpulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the
essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
sounds include those produced by
vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems
(such as those used by the U.S. Navy).
The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals
with energy in a frequency range from
about 10–2,000 Hz, with most energy
radiated at frequencies below 200 Hz.
The amplitude of the acoustic wave
emitted from the source is equal in all
directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but
airgun arrays do possess some
directionality due to different phase
delays between guns in different
directions. Airgun arrays are typically
tuned to maximize functionality for data
acquisition purposes, meaning that
sound transmitted in horizontal
directions and at higher frequencies is
minimized to the extent possible.
As described above, hull-mounted
MBESs, SBP, and ADCPs would also be
operated from vessel continuously
throughout the seismic surveys. Given
the higher frequencies and relatively
narrow beampatterns associated with
these sources, in context of the
movement and speed of the vessel,
exposures of marine mammals are
considered unlikely and, therefore, we
do not expect take of marine mammals
to result from use of these sources and
do not consider them further in this
analysis.
Acoustic Effects
Here, we discuss the effects of active
acoustic sources on marine mammals.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Potential Effects of Underwater
Sound—Please refer to the information
given previously (Description of Active
Acoustic Sound Sources section)
regarding sound, characteristics of
sound types, and metrics used in this
document. Anthropogenic sounds cover
a broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly
variable impacts on marine life, from
none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received
levels, duration of exposure, behavioral
context, and various other factors. The
potential effects of underwater sound
from active acoustic sources can
potentially result in one or more of the
following: temporary or permanent
hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects,
behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Go¨tz et al.,
2009). The degree of effect is
intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, and duration of the
sound exposure. In general, sudden,
high level sounds can cause hearing
loss, as can longer exposures to lower
level sounds. Temporary or permanent
loss of hearing will occur almost
exclusively for noise within an animal’s
hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before
providing discussion specific to the use
of airgun arrays.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal, but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects of
certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects only briefly as we
do not expect that use of airgun arrays
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59215
are reasonably likely to result in such
effects (see below for further
discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in
severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to
physical discomfort, slight injury of the
internal organs and the auditory system,
or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary
effect of extreme behavioral reactions
(e.g., change in dive profile as a result
of an avoidance reaction) caused by
exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or
tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
et al., 2007; Zimmer & Tyack, 2007; Tal
et al., 2015). The survey activities
considered here do not involve the use
of devices such as explosives or midfrequency tactical sonar that are
associated with these types of effects.
Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
of hearing sensitivity is not fully
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
which case the animal’s hearing
threshold would recover over time
(Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
exposure that leads to TTS could cause
PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
be total or partial deafness, while in
most cases the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans but such relationships
are assumed to be similar to those in
humans and other terrestrial mammals.
PTS typically occurs at exposure levels
at least several dBs above (a 40-dB
threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974)
that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset;
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59216
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
e.g., Southall et al., 2007). Based on data
from terrestrial mammals, a
precautionary assumption is that the
PTS thresholds for impulse sounds
(such as airgun pulses as received close
to the source) are at least 6 dB higher
than the TTS threshold on a peakpressure basis and PTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds are 15
to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds
(Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher
level of sound or longer exposure
duration necessary to cause PTS as
compared with TTS, it is considerably
less likely that PTS could occur.
For mid-frequency cetaceans in
particular, potential protective
mechanisms may help limit onset of
TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such
mechanisms include dampening of
hearing, auditory adaptation, or
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall
and Supin, 2013; Miller et al., 2012;
Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al.,
2016).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary
to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Finneran et al. (2015) measured
hearing thresholds in three captive
bottlenose dolphins before and after
exposure to ten pulses produced by a
seismic airgun in order to study TTS
induced after exposure to multiple
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
pulses. Exposures began at relatively
low levels and gradually increased over
a period of several months, with the
highest exposures at peak SPLs from
196 to 210 dB and cumulative
(unweighted) SELs from 193–195 dB.
No substantial TTS was observed. In
addition, behavioral reactions were
observed that indicated that animals can
learn behaviors that effectively mitigate
noise exposures (although exposure
patterns must be learned, which is less
likely in wild animals than for the
captive animals considered in this
study). The authors note that the failure
to induce more significant auditory
effects is likely due to the intermittent
nature of exposure, the relatively low
peak pressure produced by the acoustic
source, and the low-frequency energy in
airgun pulses as compared with the
frequency range of best sensitivity for
dolphins and other mid-frequency
cetaceans.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise,
and Yangtze finless porpoise) exposed
to a limited number of sound sources
(i.e., mostly tones and octave-band
noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
2015). In general, harbor porpoises have
a lower TTS onset than other measured
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes.
Critical questions remain regarding
the rate of TTS growth and recovery
after exposure to intermittent noise and
the effects of single and multiple pulses.
Data at present are also insufficient to
construct generalized models for
recovery and determine the time
necessary to treat subsequent exposures
as independent events. More
information is needed on the
relationship between auditory evoked
potential and behavioral measures of
TTS for various stimuli. For summaries
of data on TTS in marine mammals or
for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al.
(2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses to sound are
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have shown
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed
responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically
seismic airguns or acoustic harassment
devices) have been varied but often
consist of avoidance behavior or other
behavioral changes suggesting
discomfort (Morton & Symonds, 2002;
see also Richardson et al., 1995;
Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach acoustic source
vessels with no apparent discomfort or
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
obvious behavioral change (e.g.,
Barkaszi et al., 2012).
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau &
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely, and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel & Clark, 2000; Ng & Leung,
2003; Nowacek et al., 2004; Goldbogen
et al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive
behavior may reflect interruptions in
biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little
biological significance. The impact of an
alteration to dive behavior resulting
from an acoustic exposure depends on
what the animal is doing at the time of
the exposure and the type and
magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Visual tracking, passive acoustic
monitoring, and movement recording
tags were used to quantify sperm whale
behavior prior to, during, and following
exposure to airgun arrays at received
levels in the range 140–160 dB at
distances of 7–13 km, following a phasein of sound intensity and full array
exposures at 1–13 km (Madsen et al.,
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales
did not exhibit horizontal avoidance
behavior at the surface. However,
foraging behavior may have been
affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19
percent less vocal (buzz) rate during full
exposure relative to post exposure, and
the whale that was approached most
closely had an extended resting period
and did not resume foraging until the
airguns had ceased firing. The
remaining whales continued to execute
foraging dives throughout exposure;
however, swimming movements during
foraging dives were six percent lower
during exposure than control periods
(Miller et al., 2009). These data raise
concerns that seismic surveys may
impact foraging behavior in sperm
whales, although more data are required
to understand whether the differences
were due to exposure or natural
variation in sperm whale behavior
(Miller et al., 2009).
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007, 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59217
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while right whales have been observed
to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of
aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive
acoustic monitoring to document the
presence of singing humpback whales
off the coast of northern Angola and to
opportunistically test for the effect of
seismic survey activity on the number of
singing whales. Two recording units
were deployed between March and
December 2008 in the offshore
environment; numbers of singers were
counted every hour. Generalized
Additive Mixed Models were used to
assess the effect of survey day
(seasonality), hour (diel variation),
moon phase, and received levels of
noise (measured from a single pulse
during each 10 minute sampled period)
on singer number. The number of
singers significantly decreased with
increasing received level of noise,
suggesting that humpback whale
breeding activity was disrupted to some
extent by the survey activity.
Castellote et al. (2012) reported
acoustic and behavioral changes by fin
whales in response to shipping and
airgun noise. Acoustic features of fin
whale song notes recorded in the
Mediterranean Sea and northeast
Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas
with different shipping noise levels and
traffic intensities and during a seismic
airgun survey. During the first 72 h of
the survey, a steady decrease in song
received levels and bearings to singers
indicated that whales moved away from
the acoustic source and out of the study
area. This displacement persisted for a
time period well beyond the 10-day
duration of seismic airgun activity,
providing evidence that fin whales may
avoid an area for an extended period in
the presence of increased noise. The
authors hypothesize that fin whale
acoustic communication is modified to
compensate for increased background
noise and that a sensitization process
may play a role in the observed
temporary displacement.
Seismic pulses at average received
levels of 131 dB re 1 mPa2-s caused blue
whales to increase call production (Di
Iorio and Clark, 2010). In contrast,
McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue
whale with seafloor seismometers and
reported that it stopped vocalizing and
changed its travel direction at a range of
10 km from the acoustic source vessel
(estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59218
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
bowhead whale call rates dropped
significantly at onset of airgun use at
sites with a median distance of 41–45
km from the survey. Blackwell et al.
(2015) expanded this analysis to show
that whales actually increased calling
rates as soon as airgun signals were
detectable before ultimately decreasing
calling rates at higher received levels
(i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ∼127 dB).
Overall, these results suggest that
bowhead whales may adjust their vocal
output in an effort to compensate for
noise before ceasing vocalization effort
and ultimately deflecting from the
acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,
2015). These studies demonstrate that
even low levels of noise received far
from the source can induce changes in
vocalization and/or behavior for
mysticetes.
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Humpback whales showed
avoidance behavior in the presence of
an active seismic array during
observational studies and controlled
exposure experiments in western
Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).
Avoidance may be short-term, with
animals returning to the area once the
noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al.,
2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor &
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
mammal strandings (Evans & England,
2001). However, it should be noted that
response to a perceived predator does
not necessarily invoke flight (Ford &
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals
are solitary or in groups may influence
the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp &
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser
& Radford, 2011). In addition, chronic
disturbance can cause population
declines through reduction of fitness
(e.g., decline in body condition) and
subsequent reduction in reproductive
success, survival, or both (e.g.,
Harrington & Veitch, 1992; Daan et al.,
1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that
increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea
observations during 1,196 seismic
surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large
arrays of airguns (considered to be 500
in3 or more) were firing, lateral
displacement, more localized
avoidance, or other changes in behavior
were evident for most odontocetes.
However, significant responses to large
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
arrays were found only for the minke
whale and fin whale. Behavioral
responses observed included changes in
swimming or surfacing behavior, with
indications that cetaceans remained
near the water surface at these times.
Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less
often when large arrays were active.
Behavioral observations of gray whales
during a seismic survey monitored
whale movements and respirations pre-,
during and post-seismic survey (Gailey
et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water
depth were the best ‘natural’ predictors
of whale movements and respiration
and, after considering natural variation,
none of the response variables were
significantly associated with seismic
survey or vessel sounds.
Stress Responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficiently to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair & Becker,
2000; Romano et al., 2002b) and, more
rarely, studied in wild populations (e.g.,
Romano et al., 2002a). For example,
Rolland et al. (2012) found that noise
reduction from reduced ship traffic in
the Bay of Fundy was associated with
decreased stress in North Atlantic right
whales. These and other studies lead to
a reasonable expectation that some
marine mammals will experience
physiological stress responses upon
exposure to acoustic stressors and that
it is possible that some of these would
be classified as ‘‘distress.’’ In addition,
any animal experiencing TTS would
likely also experience stress responses
(NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking—Sound can
disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
the receipt of a sound is interfered with
by another coincident sound at similar
frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the
sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
wind, waves, precipitation) or
anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The
ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends
on the characteristics of both the noise
source and the signal of interest (e.g.,
signal-to-noise ratio, temporal
variability, direction), in relation to each
other and to an animal’s hearing
abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency
range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment when disrupting or altering
critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
after the sound exposure, from masking,
which occurs during the sound
exposure. Because masking (without
resulting in TS) is not associated with
abnormal physiological function, it is
not considered a physiological effect,
but rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
Masking effects of pulsed sounds
(even from large arrays of airguns) on
marine mammal calls and other natural
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59219
sounds are expected to be limited,
although there are few specific data on
this. Because of the intermittent nature
and low duty cycle of seismic pulses,
animals can emit and receive sounds in
the relatively quiet intervals between
pulses. However, in exceptional
situations, reverberation occurs for
much or all of the interval between
pulses (e.g., Simard et al., 2005; Clark &
Gagnon 2006), which could mask calls.
Situations with prolonged strong
reverberation are infrequent. However,
it is common for reverberation to cause
some lesser degree of elevation of the
background level between airgun pulses
(e.g., Gedamke 2011; Guerra et al., 2011,
2016; Klinck et al., 2012; Guan et al.,
2015), and this weaker reverberation
presumably reduces the detection range
of calls and other natural sounds to
some degree. Guerra et al. (2016)
reported that ambient noise levels
between seismic pulses were elevated as
a result of reverberation at ranges of 50
km from the seismic source. Based on
measurements in deep water of the
Southern Ocean, Gedamke (2011)
estimated that the slight elevation of
background levels during intervals
between pulses reduced blue and fin
whale communication space by as much
as 36–51 percent when a seismic survey
was operating 450–2,800 km away.
Based on preliminary modeling,
Wittekind et al. (2016) reported that
airgun sounds could reduce the
communication range of blue and fin
whales 2000 km from the seismic
source. Nieukirk et al. (2012) and
Blackwell et al. (2015) noted the
potential for masking effects from
seismic surveys on large whales.
Some baleen and toothed whales are
known to continue calling in the
presence of seismic pulses, and their
calls usually can be heard between the
pulses (e.g., Nieukirk et al., 2012; Thode
et al., 2012; Bro¨ker et al., 2013; Sciacca
et al., 2016). As noted above, Cerchio et
al. (2014) suggested that the breeding
display of humpback whales off Angola
could be disrupted by seismic sounds,
as singing activity declined with
increasing received levels. In addition,
some cetaceans are known to change
their calling rates, shift their peak
frequencies, or otherwise modify their
vocal behavior in response to airgun
sounds (e.g., Di Iorio and Clark 2010;
Castellote et al., 2012; Blackwell et al.,
2013, 2015). The hearing systems of
baleen whales are undoubtedly more
sensitive to low-frequency sounds than
are the ears of the small odontocetes
that have been studied directly (e.g.,
MacGillivray et al., 2014). The sounds
important to small odontocetes are
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59220
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
predominantly at much higher
frequencies than are the dominant
components of airgun sounds, thus
limiting the potential for masking. In
general, masking effects of seismic
pulses are expected to be minor, given
the normally intermittent nature of
seismic pulses.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Icebreaking
Icebreakers produce more noise while
breaking ice than ships of comparable
size due, primarily, to the sounds of
propeller cavitation (Richardson et al.,
1995). Icebreakers commonly back and
ram into heavy ice until losing
momentum to make way. The highest
noise levels usually occur while backing
full astern in preparation to ram forward
through the ice. Overall the noise
generated by an icebreaker pushing ice
was 10 to 15 dB greater than the noise
produced by the ship underway in open
water (Richardson et al., 1995). In
general, the Antarctic and Southern
Ocean is a noisy environment. Calving
and grounding icebergs as well as the
break-up of ice sheets, can produce a
large amount of underwater noise. Little
information is available about the
increased sound levels due to
icebreaking.
Cetaceans—Few studies have been
conducted to evaluate the potential
interference of icebreaking noise with
marine mammal vocalizations. Erbe and
Farmer (1998) measured masked hearing
thresholds of a captive beluga whale.
They reported that the recording of a
Canadian Coast Guard Ship (CCGS)
Henry Larsen, ramming ice in the
Beaufort Sea, masked recordings of
beluga vocalizations at a noise to signal
pressure ratio of 18 dB, when the noise
pressure level was eight times as high as
the call pressure. Erbe and Farmer
(2000) also predicted when icebreaker
noise would affect beluga whales
through software that combined a sound
propagation model and beluga whale
impact threshold models. They again
used the data from the recording of the
Henry Larsen in the Beaufort Sea and
predicted that masking of beluga whale
vocalizations could extend between 40
and 71 km (21.6 and 38.3 nmi) near the
surface. Lesage et al. (1999) report that
beluga whales changed their call type
and call frequency when exposed to
boat noise. It is possible that the whales
adapt to the ambient noise levels and
are able to communicate despite the
sound. Given the documented reaction
of belugas to ships and icebreakers it is
highly unlikely that beluga whales
would remain in the proximity of
vessels where vocalizations would be
masked.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Beluga whales have been documented
swimming rapidly away from ships and
icebreakers in the Canadian high Arctic
when a ship approaches to within 35 to
50 km (18.9 to 27 nmi), and they may
travel up to 80 km (43.2 nmi) from the
vessel’s track (Richardson et al., 1995).
It is expected that belugas avoid
icebreakers as soon as they detect the
ships (Cosens and Dueck, 1993).
However, the reactions of beluga whales
to ships vary greatly and some animals
may become habituated to high levels of
ambient noise (Erbe and Farmer, 2000).
There is little information about the
effects of icebreaking ships on baleen
whales. Migrating bowhead whales
appeared to avoid an area around a drill
site by greater than 25 km (13.5 mi)
where an icebreaker was working in the
Beaufort Sea. There was intensive
icebreaking daily in support of the
drilling activities (Brewer et al., 1993).
Migrating bowheads also avoided a
nearby drill site at the same time of year
where little icebreaking was being
conducted (LGL and Greeneridge, 1987).
It is unclear as to whether the drilling
activities, icebreaking operations, or the
ice itself might have been the cause for
the whale’s diversion. Bowhead whales
are not expected to occur in the
proximity of the proposed action area.
Pinnipeds—Brueggeman et al. (1992)
reported on the reactions of seals to an
icebreaker during activities at two
prospects in the Chukchi Sea. Reactions
of seals to the icebreakers varied
between the two prospects. Most (67
percent) seals did not react to the
icebreaker at either prospect. Reaction at
one prospect was greatest during
icebreaking activity (running/
maneuvering/jogging) and was 0.23 km
(0.12 nmi) of the vessel and lowest for
animals beyond 0.93 km (0.5 nmi). At
the second prospect however, seal
reaction was lowest during icebreaking
activity with higher and similar levels of
response during general (nonicebreaking) vessel operations and when
the vessel was at anchor or drifting. The
frequency of seal reaction generally
declined with increasing distance from
the vessel except during general vessel
activity where it remained consistently
high to about 0.46 km (0.25 nmi) from
the vessel before declining.
Similarly, Kanik et al. (1980) found
that ringed (Pusa hispida) and harp
seals (Pagophilus groenlandicus) often
dove into the water when an icebreaker
was breaking ice within 1 km (0.5 nmi)
of the animals. Most seals remained on
the ice when the ship was breaking ice
1 to 2 km (0.5 to 1.1 nmi) away.
Sea ice is important for pinniped life
functions such as resting, breeding, and
molting. Icebreaking activities may
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
damage seal breathing holes and would
also reduce the haulout area in the
immediate vicinity of the ship’s track.
Icebreaking along a maximum of 500 km
of tracklines would alter local ice
conditions in the immediate vicinity of
the vessel. This has the potential to
temporarily lead to a reduction of
suitable seal haulout habitat. However,
the dynamic sea-ice environment
requires that seals be able to adapt to
changes in sea, ice, and snow
conditions, and they therefore create
new breathing holes and lairs
throughout the winter and spring
(Hammill and Smith, 1989). In addition,
seals often use open leads and cracks in
the ice to surface and breathe (Smith
and Stirling, 1975). Disturbance of the
ice would occur in a very small area
relative to the Southern Ocean ice-pack
and no significant impact on marine
mammals is anticipated by icebreaking
during the proposed low-energy seismic
survey.
Ship Noise
Vessel noise from the RVIB Palmer
could affect marine animals in the
proposed survey areas. Houghton et al.
(2015) proposed that vessel speed is the
most important predictor of received
noise levels, and Putland et al. (2017)
also reported reduced sound levels with
decreased vessel speed. Sounds
produced by large vessels generally
dominate ambient noise at frequencies
from 20 to 300 Hz (Richardson et al.,
1995). However, some energy is also
produced at higher frequencies
(Hermannsen et al., 2014); low levels of
high-frequency sound from vessels has
been shown to elicit responses in harbor
porpoise (Dyndo et al., 2015). Increased
levels of ship noise have been shown to
affect foraging by porpoise (Teilmann et
al., 2015; Wisniewska et al., 2018);
Wisniewska et al. (2018) suggest that a
decrease in foraging success could have
long-term fitness consequences.
Ship noise, through masking, can
reduce the effective communication
distance of a marine mammal if the
frequency of the sound source is close
to that used by the animal, and if the
sound is present for a significant
fraction of time (e.g., Richardson et al.,
1995; Clark et al,. 2009; Jensen et al.,
2009; Gervaise et al., 2012; Hatch et al.,
2012; Rice et al., 2014; Dunlop 2015;
Erbe et al., 2016; Jones et al,. 2017;
Putland et al., 2017). In addition to the
frequency and duration of the masking
sound, the strength, temporal pattern,
and location of the introduced sound
also play a role in the extent of the
masking (Branstetter et al., 2013, 2016;
Finneran and Branstetter 2013; Sills et
al., 2017). Branstetter et al. (2013)
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
reported that time-domain metrics are
also important in describing and
predicting masking. In order to
compensate for increased ambient noise,
some cetaceans are known to increase
the source levels of their calls in the
presence of elevated noise levels from
shipping, shift their peak frequencies, or
otherwise change their vocal behavior
(e.g., Parks et al., 2011, 2012, 2016a,b;
Castellote et al., 2012; Melco´n et al.,
2012; Azzara et al., 2013; Tyack and
Janik 2013; Luı´s et al., 2014; Sairanen
2014; Papale et al., 2015; Bittencourt et
al., 2016; Dahlheim and Castellote 2016;
Gospic´ and Picciulin 2016; Gridley et
al., 2016; Heiler et al., 2016; Martins et
al., 2016; O’Brien et al., 2016; Tenessen
& Parks 2016). Harp seals did not
increase their call frequencies in
environments with increased lowfrequency sounds (Terhune and Bosker
2016). Holt et al. (2015) reported that
changes in vocal modifications can have
increased energetic costs for individual
marine mammals. A negative correlation
between the presence of some cetacean
species and the number of vessels in an
area has been demonstrated by several
studies (e.g., Campana et al., 2015;
Culloch et al., 2016).
Baleen whales are thought to be more
sensitive to sound at these low
frequencies than are toothed whales
(e.g., MacGillivray et al., 2014), possibly
causing localized avoidance of the
proposed survey area during seismic
operations. Reactions of gray and
humpback whales to vessels have been
studied, and there is limited
information available about the
reactions of right whales and rorquals
(fin, blue, and minke whales). Reactions
of humpback whales to boats are
variable, ranging from approach to
avoidance (Payne 1978; Salden 1993).
Baker et al. (1982, 1983) and Baker and
Herman (1989) found humpbacks often
move away when vessels are within
several kilometers. Humpbacks seem
less likely to react overtly when actively
feeding than when resting or engaged in
other activities (Krieger and Wing 1984,
1986). Increased levels of ship noise
have been shown to affect foraging by
humpback whales (Blair et al., 2016).
Fin whale sightings in the western
Mediterranean were negatively
correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al., 2015). Minke
whales and gray seals have shown slight
displacement in response to
construction-related vessel traffic
(Anderwald et al., 2013).
Many odontocetes show considerable
tolerance of vessel traffic, although they
sometimes react at long distances if
confined by ice or shallow water, if
previously harassed by vessels, or if
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
they have had little or no recent
exposure to ships (Richardson et al.,
1995). Dolphins of many species tolerate
and sometimes approach vessels (e.g.,
Anderwald et al., 2013). Some dolphin
species approach moving vessels to ride
the bow or stern waves (Williams et al.,
1992). Pirotta et al. (2015) noted that the
physical presence of vessels, not just
ship noise, disturbed the foraging
activity of bottlenose dolphins.
Sightings of striped dolphin, Risso’s
dolphin, sperm whale, and Cuvier’s
beaked whale in the western
Mediterranean were negatively
correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al., 2015).
There are few data on the behavioral
reactions of beaked whales to vessel
noise, though they seem to avoid
approaching vessels (e.g., Wu¨rsig et al.,
1998) or dive for an extended period
when approached by a vessel (e.g.,
Kasuya 1986). Based on a single
observation, Aguilar Soto et al. (2006)
suggest foraging efficiency of Cuvier’s
beaked whales may be reduced by close
approach of vessels.
Sounds emitted by the Palmer are low
frequency and continuous, but would be
widely dispersed in both space and
time. Project vessel sounds would not
be at levels expected to cause anything
more than possible localized and
temporary behavioral changes in marine
mammals, and would not be expected to
result in significant negative effects on
individuals or at the population level. In
addition, in all oceans of the world,
large vessel traffic is currently so
prevalent that it is commonly
considered a usual source of ambient
sound (NSF–USGS 2011).
In summary, project vessel sounds
would not be at levels expected to cause
anything more than possible localized
and temporary behavioral changes in
marine mammals, and would not be
expected to result in significant negative
effects on individuals or at the
population level.
Ship Strike
Vessel collisions with marine
mammals, or ship strikes, can result in
death or serious injury of the animal.
Wounds resulting from ship strike may
include massive trauma, hemorrhaging,
broken bones, or propeller lacerations
(Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal
at the surface may be struck directly by
a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the
bottom of a vessel, or an animal just
below the surface may be cut by a
vessel’s propeller. Superficial strikes
may not kill or result in the death of the
animal. These interactions are typically
associated with large whales (e.g., fin
whales), which are occasionally found
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59221
draped across the bulbous bow of large
commercial ships upon arrival in port.
Although smaller cetaceans are more
maneuverable in relation to large vessels
than are large whales, they may also be
susceptible to strike. The severity of
injuries typically depends on the size
and speed of the vessel, with the
probability of death or serious injury
increasing as vessel speed increases
(Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al.,
2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007;
Conn and Silber, 2013). Impact forces
increase with speed, as does the
probability of a strike at a given distance
(Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
Pace and Silber (2005) also found that
the probability of death or serious injury
increased rapidly with increasing vessel
speed. Specifically, the predicted
probability of serious injury or death
increased from 45 to 75 percent as
vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn,
and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn.
Higher speeds during collisions result in
greater force of impact, but higher
speeds also appear to increase the
chance of severe injuries or death
through increased likelihood of
collision by pulling whales toward the
vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al.,
1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan
and Taggart (2007) analyzed the
probability of lethal mortality of large
whales at a given speed, showing that
the greatest rate of change in the
probability of a lethal injury to a large
whale as a function of vessel speed
occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The
chances of a lethal injury decline from
approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to
approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kn. At
speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of
lethal injury drop below 50 percent,
while the probability asymptotically
increases toward one hundred percent
above 15 kn.
The RVIB Palmer travels at a speed of
4.5 kn (8.3 km/hour) when towing
seismic survey gear, or at an average
speed of 18.7 km/h (10.1 kn) while
cruising. At these speeds, both the
possibility of striking a marine mammal
and the possibility of a strike resulting
in serious injury or mortality are
discountable. At average transit speed,
the probability of serious injury or
mortality resulting from a strike is less
than 50 percent. However, the
likelihood of a strike actually happening
is again discountable. Ship strikes, as
analyzed in the studies cited above,
generally involve commercial shipping,
which is much more common in both
space and time than is geophysical
survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004)
summarized ship strikes of large whales
worldwide from 1975–2003 and found
that most collisions occurred in the
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59222
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
open ocean and involved large vessels
(e.g., commercial shipping). No such
incidents were reported for geophysical
survey vessels during that time period.
It is possible for ship strikes to occur
while traveling at slow speeds. For
example, a hydrographic survey vessel
traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while
conducting mapping surveys off the
central California coast struck and killed
a blue whale in 2009. The State of
California determined that the whale
had suddenly and unexpectedly
surfaced beneath the hull, with the
result that the propeller severed the
whale’s vertebrae, and that this was an
unavoidable event. This strike
represents the only such incident in
approximately 540,000 hours of similar
coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 × 10¥6;
95 percent CI = 0–5.5 × 10¥6; NMFS,
2013b). In addition, a research vessel
reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a
dolphin in the Atlantic, demonstrating
that it is possible for strikes involving
smaller cetaceans to occur. In that case,
the incident report indicated that an
animal apparently was struck by the
vessel’s propeller as it was intentionally
swimming near the vessel. While
indicative of the type of unusual events
that cannot be ruled out, neither of these
instances represents a circumstance that
would be considered reasonably
foreseeable or that would be considered
preventable.
Although the likelihood of the vessel
striking a marine mammal is low, we
require a robust ship strike avoidance
protocol (see Proposed Mitigation),
which we believe eliminates any
foreseeable risk of ship strike. We
anticipate that vessel collisions
involving a seismic data acquisition
vessel towing gear, while not
impossible, represent unlikely,
unpredictable events for which there are
no preventive measures. Given the
required mitigation measures, the
relatively slow speed of the vessel
towing gear, the presence of bridge crew
watching for obstacles at all times
(including marine mammals), and the
presence of marine mammal observers,
we believe that the possibility of ship
strike is discountable and, further, that
were a strike of a large whale to occur,
it would be unlikely to result in serious
injury or mortality. No incidental take
resulting from ship strike is anticipated,
and this potential effect of the specified
activity will not be discussed further in
the following analysis.
Stranding—When a living or dead
marine mammal swims or floats onto
shore and becomes ‘‘beached’’ or
incapable of returning to sea, the event
is a ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999;
Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The
legal definition for a ‘‘stranding’’ under
the MMPA is an event in the wild in
which (A) a marine mammal is dead
and is (i) on a beach or shore of the
United States; or (ii) in waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B)
a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and unable to return to the water; (ii) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and, although able to return to the
water, is in need of apparent medical
attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is
unable to return to its natural habitat
under its own power or without
assistance (16 U.S.C. 1421h(3)).
Marine mammals strand for a variety
of reasons, such as infectious agents,
biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery
interaction, ship strike, unusual
oceanographic or weather events, sound
exposure, or combinations of these
stressors sustained concurrently or in
series. However, the cause or causes of
most strandings are unknown (Geraci et
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;
Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
that the physiology, behavior, habitat
relationships, age, or condition of
cetaceans may cause them to strand or
might pre-dispose them to strand when
exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the
conclusions of numerous other studies
that have demonstrated that
combinations of dissimilar stressors
commonly combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
does not produce the same result
(Chrousos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et
al., 2003; Fair & Becker, 2000; Foley et
al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a;
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004).
There is no conclusive evidence that
exposure to airgun noise results in
behaviorally-mediated forms of injury.
Behaviorally-mediated injury (i.e., mass
stranding events) has been primarily
associated with beaked whales exposed
to mid-frequency active (MFA) naval
sonar. Tactical sonar and the alerting
stimulus used in Nowacek et al. (2004)
are very different from the noise
produced by airguns. One should
therefore not expect the same reaction to
airgun noise as to these other sources.
As explained below, military MFA
sonar is very different from airguns, and
one should not assume that airguns will
cause the same effects as MFA sonar
(including strandings).
To understand why Navy MFA sonar
affects beaked whales differently than
airguns do, it is important to note the
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
distinction between behavioral
sensitivity and susceptibility to auditory
injury. To understand the potential for
auditory injury in a particular marine
mammal species in relation to a given
acoustic signal, the frequency range the
species is able to hear is critical, as well
as the species’ auditory sensitivity to
frequencies within that range. Current
data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing
capabilities across all frequencies and,
therefore, species are grouped into
hearing groups with generalized hearing
ranges assigned on the basis of available
data (Southall et al., 2007, 2019).
Hearing ranges as well as auditory
sensitivity/susceptibility to frequencies
within those ranges vary across the
different groups. For example, in terms
of hearing range, the high-frequency
cetaceans (e.g., Kogia spp.) have a
generalized hearing range of frequencies
between 275 Hz and 160 kHz, while
mid-frequency cetaceans—such as
dolphins and beaked whales—have a
generalized hearing range between 150
Hz to 160 kHz. Regarding auditory
susceptibility within the hearing range,
while mid-frequency cetaceans and
high-frequency cetaceans have roughly
similar hearing ranges, the highfrequency group is much more
susceptible to noise-induced hearing
loss during sound exposure, i.e., these
species have lower thresholds for these
effects than other hearing groups
(NMFS, 2018). Referring to a species as
behaviorally sensitive to noise simply
means that an animal of that species is
more likely to respond to lower received
levels of sound than an animal of
another species that is considered less
behaviorally sensitive. So, while
dolphin species and beaked whale
species—both in the mid-frequency
cetacean hearing group—are assumed to
generally hear the same sounds equally
well and be equally susceptible to noiseinduced hearing loss (auditory injury),
the best available information indicates
that a beaked whale is more likely to
behaviorally respond to that sound at a
lower received level compared to an
animal from other mid-frequency
cetacean species that are less
behaviorally sensitive. This distinction
is important because, while beaked
whales are more likely to respond
behaviorally to sounds than are many
other species (even at lower levels), they
cannot hear the predominant, lower
frequency sounds from seismic airguns
as well as sounds that have more energy
at frequencies that beaked whales can
hear better (such as military MFA
sonar).
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
Navy MFA sonar affects beaked
whales differently than airguns do
because it produces energy at different
frequencies than airguns. Mid-frequency
cetacean hearing is generically thought
to be best between 8.8 to 110 kHz, i.e.,
these cutoff values define the range
above and below which a species in the
group is assumed to have declining
auditory sensitivity, until reaching
frequencies that cannot be heard
(NMFS, 2018). However, beaked whale
hearing is likely best within a higher,
narrower range (20–80 kHz, with best
sensitivity around 40 kHz), based on a
few measurements of hearing in
stranded beaked whales (Cook et al.,
2006; Finneran et al., 2009; Pacini et al.,
2011) and several studies of acoustic
signals produced by beaked whales (e.g.,
Frantzis et al., 2002; Johnson et al.,
2004, 2006; Zimmer et al., 2005). While
precaution requires that the full range of
audibility be considered when assessing
risks associated with noise exposure
(Southall et al., 2007, 2019a, 2019),
animals typically produce sound at
frequencies where they hear best. More
recently, Southall et al. (2019) suggested
that certain species in the historical
mid-frequency hearing group (beaked
whales, sperm whales, and killer
whales) are likely more sensitive to
lower frequencies within the group’s
generalized hearing range than are other
species within the group, and state that
the data for beaked whales suggest
sensitivity to approximately 5 kHz.
However, this information is consistent
with the general conclusion that beaked
whales (and other mid-frequency
cetaceans) are relatively insensitive to
the frequencies where most energy of an
airgun signal is found. Military MFA
sonar is typically considered to operate
in the frequency range of approximately
3–14 kHz (D’Amico et al., 2009), i.e.,
outside the range of likely best hearing
for beaked whales but within or close to
the lower bounds, whereas most energy
in an airgun signal is radiated at much
lower frequencies, below 500 Hz
(Dragoset, 1990).
It is important to distinguish between
energy (loudness, measured in dB) and
frequency (pitch, measured in Hz). In
considering the potential impacts of
mid-frequency components of airgun
noise (1–10 kHz, where beaked whales
can be expected to hear) on marine
mammal hearing, one needs to account
for the energy associated with these
higher frequencies and determine what
energy is truly ‘‘significant.’’ Although
there is mid-frequency energy
associated with airgun noise (as
expected from a broadband source),
airgun sound is predominantly below 1
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
kHz (Breitzke et al., 2008;
Tashmukhambetov et al., 2008; Tolstoy
et al., 2009). As stated by Richardson et
al. (1995), ‘‘[. . .] most emitted [seismic
airgun] energy is at 10–120 Hz, but the
pulses contain some energy up to 500–
1,000 Hz.’’ Tolstoy et al. (2009)
conducted empirical measurements,
demonstrating that sound energy levels
associated with airguns were at least 20
decibels (dB) lower at 1 kHz (considered
‘‘mid-frequency’’) compared to higher
energy levels associated with lower
frequencies (below 300 Hz) (‘‘all but a
small fraction of the total energy being
concentrated in the 10–300 Hz range’’
[Tolstoy et al., 2009]), and at higher
frequencies (e.g., 2.6–4 kHz), power
might be less than 10 percent of the
peak power at 10 Hz (Yoder, 2002).
Energy levels measured by Tolstoy et al.
(2009) were even lower at frequencies
above 1 kHz. In addition, as sound
propagates away from the source, it
tends to lose higher-frequency
components faster than low-frequency
components (i.e., low-frequency sounds
typically propagate longer distances
than high-frequency sounds) (Diebold et
al., 2010). Although higher-frequency
components of airgun signals have been
recorded, it is typically in surfaceducting conditions (e.g., DeRuiter et al.,
2006; Madsen et al., 2006) or in shallow
water, where there are advantageous
propagation conditions for the higher
frequency (but low-energy) components
of the airgun signal (Hermannsen et al.,
2015). This should not be of concern
because the likely behavioral reactions
of beaked whales that can result in acute
physical injury would result from noise
exposure at depth (because of the
potentially greater consequences of
severe behavioral reactions). In
summary, the frequency content of
airgun signals is such that beaked
whales will not be able to hear the
signals well (compared to MFA sonar),
especially at depth where we expect the
consequences of noise exposure could
be more severe.
Aside from frequency content, there
are other significant differences between
MFA sonar signals and the sounds
produced by airguns that minimize the
risk of severe behavioral reactions that
could lead to strandings or deaths at sea,
e.g., significantly longer signal duration,
horizontal sound direction, typical fast
and unpredictable source movement.
All of these characteristics of MFA
sonar tend towards greater potential to
cause severe behavioral or physiological
reactions in exposed beaked whales that
may contribute to stranding. Although
both sources are powerful, MFA sonar
contains significantly greater energy in
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59223
the mid-frequency range, where beaked
whales hear better. Short-duration, high
energy pulses—such as those produced
by airguns—have greater potential to
cause damage to auditory structures
(though this is unlikely for midfrequency cetaceans, as explained later
in this document), but it is longer
duration signals that have been
implicated in the vast majority of
beaked whale strandings. Faster, less
predictable movements in combination
with multiple source vessels are more
likely to elicit a severe, potentially antipredator response. Of additional interest
in assessing the divergent characteristics
of MFA sonar and airgun signals and
their relative potential to cause
stranding events or deaths at sea is the
similarity between the MFA sonar
signals and stereotyped calls of beaked
whales’ primary predator: the killer
whale (Zimmer and Tyack, 2007).
Although generic disturbance stimuli—
as airgun noise may be considered in
this case for beaked whales—may also
trigger antipredator responses, stronger
responses should generally be expected
when perceived risk is greater, as when
the stimulus is confused for a known
predator (Frid and Dill, 2002). In
addition, because the source of the
perceived predator (i.e., MFA sonar)
will likely be closer to the whales
(because attenuation limits the range of
detection of mid-frequencies) and
moving faster (because it will be on
faster-moving vessels), any antipredator
response would be more likely to be
severe (with greater perceived predation
risk, an animal is more likely to
disregard the cost of the response; Frid
and Dill, 2002). Indeed, when analyzing
movements of a beaked whale exposed
to playback of killer whale predation
calls, Allen et al. (2014) found that the
whale engaged in a prolonged, directed
avoidance response, suggesting a
behavioral reaction that could pose a
risk factor for stranding. Overall, these
significant differences between sound
from MFA sonar and the mid-frequency
sound component from airguns and the
likelihood that MFA sonar signals will
be interpreted in error as a predator are
critical to understanding the likely risk
of behaviorally-mediated injury due to
seismic surveys.
The available scientific literature also
provides a useful contrast between
airgun noise and MFA sonar regarding
the likely risk of behaviorally-mediated
injury. There is strong evidence for the
association of beaked whale stranding
events with MFA sonar use, and
particularly detailed accounting of
several events is available (e.g., a 2000
Bahamas stranding event for which
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59224
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
investigators concluded that MFA sonar
use was responsible; Evans and
England, 2001). D’Amico et al. (2009)
reviewed 126 beaked whale mass
stranding events over the period from
1950 (i.e., from the development of
modern MFA sonar systems) through
2004. Of these, there were two events
where detailed information was
available on both the timing and
location of the stranding and the
concurrent nearby naval activity,
including verification of active MFA
sonar usage, with no evidence for an
alternative cause of stranding. An
additional ten events were at minimum
spatially and temporally coincident
with naval activity likely to have
included MFA sonar use and, despite
incomplete knowledge of timing and
location of the stranding or the naval
activity in some cases, there was no
evidence for an alternative cause of
stranding. The U.S. Navy has publicly
stated agreement that five such events
since 1996 were associated in time and
space with MFA sonar use, either by the
U.S. Navy alone or in joint training
exercises with the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization. The U.S. Navy
additionally noted that, as of 2017, a
2014 beaked whale stranding event in
Crete coincident with naval exercises
was under review and had not yet been
determined to be linked to sonar
activities (U.S. Navy, 2017). Separately,
the International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea reported in 2005
that, worldwide, there have been about
50 known strandings, consisting mostly
of beaked whales, with a potential
causal link to MFA sonar (ICES, 2005).
In contrast, very few such associations
have been made to seismic surveys,
despite widespread use of airguns as a
geophysical sound source in numerous
locations around the world.
A more recent review of possible
stranding associations with seismic
surveys (Castellote and Llorens, 2016)
states plainly that, ‘‘[s]peculation
concerning possible links between
seismic survey noise and cetacean
strandings is available for a dozen
events but without convincing causal
evidence.’’ The authors’ ‘‘exhaustive’’
search of available information found
ten events worth further investigation
via a ranking system representing a
rough metric of the relative level of
confidence offered by the data for
inferences about the possible role of the
seismic survey in a given stranding
event. Only three of these events
involved beaked whales. Whereas
D’Amico et al. (2009) used a 1–5
ranking system, in which ‘‘1’’
represented the most robust evidence
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
connecting the event to MFA sonar use,
Castellote and Llorens (2016) used a 1–
6 ranking system, in which ‘‘6’’
represented the most robust evidence
connecting the event to the seismic
survey. As described above, D’Amico et
al. (2009) found that two events were
ranked ‘‘1’’ and ten events were ranked
‘‘2’’ (i.e., 12 beaked whale stranding
events were found to be associated with
MFA sonar use). In contrast, Castellote
and Llorens (2016) found that none of
the three beaked whale stranding events
achieved their highest ranks of 5 or 6.
Of the ten total events, none achieved
the highest rank of 6. Two events were
ranked as 5: one stranding in Peru
involving dolphins and porpoises and a
2008 stranding in Madagascar. This
latter ranking can only broadly be
associated with the survey itself, as
opposed to use of seismic airguns. An
exhaustive investigation of this
stranding event, which did not involve
beaked whales, concluded that use of a
high-frequency mapping system (12-kHz
multibeam echosounder) was the most
plausible and likely initial behavioral
trigger of the event, which was likely
exacerbated by several site- and
situation-specific secondary factors. The
review panel found that seismic airguns
were used after the initial strandings
and animals entering a lagoon system,
that airgun use clearly had no role as an
initial trigger, and that there was no
evidence that airgun use dissuaded
animals from leaving (Southall et al.,
2013).
However, one of these stranding
events, involving two Cuvier’s beaked
whales, was contemporaneous with and
reasonably associated spatially with a
2002 seismic survey in the Gulf of
California conducted by LamontDoherty Earth Observatory (L–DEO), as
was the case for the 2007 Gulf of Cadiz
seismic survey discussed by Castellote
and Llorens (also involving two Cuvier’s
beaked whales). However, neither event
was considered a ‘‘true atypical mass
stranding’’ (according to Frantzis [1998])
as used in the analysis of Castellote and
Llorens (2016). While we agree with the
authors that this lack of evidence should
not be considered conclusive, it is clear
that there is very little evidence that
seismic surveys should be considered as
posing a significant risk of acute harm
to beaked whales or other midfrequency cetaceans. We have
considered the potential for the
proposed survey to result in marine
mammal stranding and have concluded
that, based on the best available
information, stranding is not expected
to occur.
Use of military tactical sonar has been
implicated in a majority of investigated
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
stranding events. Most known stranding
events have involved beaked whales,
though a small number have involved
deep-diving delphinids or sperm whales
(e.g., Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et
al., 2013). In general, long duration
(approximately 1 second) and highintensity sounds (greater than 235 dB
SPL) have been implicated in stranding
events (Hildebrand, 2004). With regard
to beaked whales, mid-frequency sound
is typically implicated (when causation
can be determined) (Hildebrand, 2004).
Although seismic airguns create
predominantly low-frequency energy,
the signal does include a mid-frequency
component. We have considered the
potential for the proposed survey to
result in marine mammal stranding and
have concluded that, based on the best
available information, stranding is not
expected to occur.
Entanglement—Entanglements occur
when marine mammals become
wrapped around cables, lines, nets, or
other objects suspended in the water
column. During seismic operations,
numerous cables, lines, and other
objects primarily associated with the
airgun array and hydrophone streamers
will be towed behind the Palmer near
the water‘s surface. No incidents of
entanglement of marine mammals with
seismic survey gear have been
documented in over 54,000 kt (100,000
km) of previous NSF-funded seismic
surveys when observers were aboard
(e.g., Smultea and Holst 2003; Haley and
Koski 2004; Holst 2004; Smultea et al.,
2004; Holst et al., 2005a; Haley and
Ireland 2006; SIO and NSF 2006b;
Hauser et al., 2008; Holst and Smultea
2008). Although entanglement with the
streamer is theoretically possible, it has
not been documented during tens of
thousands of miles of NSF-sponsored
seismic cruises or, to our knowledge,
during hundreds of thousands of miles
of industrial seismic cruises. There are
a relative few deployed devices, and no
interaction between marine mammals
and any such device has been recorded
during prior NSF surveys using the
devices. There are no meaningful
entanglement risks posed by the
proposed survey, and entanglement
risks are not discussed further in this
document.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
Physical Disturbance—Sources of
seafloor disturbance related to
geophysical surveys that may impact
marine mammal habitat include
placement of anchors, nodes, cables,
sensors, or other equipment on or in the
seafloor for various activities.
Equipment deployed on the seafloor has
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
the potential to cause direct physical
damage and could affect bottomassociated fish resources.
Placement of equipment, such as the
heat flow probe in the seafloor, could
damage areas of hard bottom where
direct contact with the seafloor occurs
and could crush epifauna (organisms
that live on the seafloor or surface of
other organisms). Damage to unknown
or unseen hard bottom could occur, but
because of the small area covered by
most bottom-founded equipment and
the patchy distribution of hard bottom
habitat, contact with unknown hard
bottom is expected to be rare and
impacts minor. Seafloor disturbance in
areas of soft bottom can cause loss of
small patches of epifauna and infauna
due to burial or crushing, and bottomfeeding fishes could be temporarily
displaced from feeding areas. Overall,
any effects of physical damage to habitat
are expected to be minor and temporary.
Effects to Prey—Marine mammal prey
varies by species, season, and location
and, for some, is not well documented.
Fish react to sounds which are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds. Short duration,
sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle
changes in fish behavior and local
distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)
identified several studies that suggest
fish may relocate to avoid certain areas
of sound energy. Additional studies
have documented effects of pulsed
sound on fish, although several are
based on studies in support of
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and
Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,
2009). Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in
fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause
noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson
et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs
of sufficient strength have been known
to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. The most likely impact to fish
from survey activities at the project area
would be temporary avoidance of the
area. The duration of fish avoidance of
a given area after survey effort stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior
is anticipated.
Marine mammal prey varies by
species, season, and location and, for
some, is not well documented. Fish
react to sounds which are especially
strong and/or intermittent lowfrequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance
are the most likely effects. However, the
reaction of fish to airguns depends on
the physiological state of the fish, past
exposures, motivation (e.g., feeding,
spawning, migration), and other
environmental factors. Several studies
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
have demonstrated that airgun sounds
might affect the distribution and
behavior of some fishes, potentially
impacting foraging opportunities or
increasing energetic costs (e.g., Fewtrell
and McCauley, 2012; Pearson et al.,
1992; Skalski et al., 1992; Santulli et al.,
1999; Paxton et al., 2017), though the
bulk of studies indicate no or slight
reaction to noise (e.g., Miller and
Cripps, 2013; Dalen and Knutsen, 1987;
Pena et al., 2013; Chapman and
Hawkins, 1969; Wardle et al., 2001; Sara
et al., 2007; Jorgenson and Gyselman,
2009; Blaxter et al., 1981; Cott et al.,
2012; Boeger et al., 2006), and that, most
commonly, while there are likely to be
impacts to fish as a result of noise from
nearby airguns, such effects will be
temporary. For example, investigators
reported significant, short-term declines
in commercial fishing catch rate of
gadid fishes during and for up to five
days after seismic survey operations, but
the catch rate subsequently returned to
normal (Engas et al., 1996; Engas and
Lokkeborg, 2002). Other studies have
reported similar findings (Hassel et al.,
2004). Skalski et al., (1992) also found
a reduction in catch rates—for rockfish
(Sebastes spp.) in response to controlled
airgun exposure—but suggested that the
mechanism underlying the decline was
not dispersal but rather decreased
responsiveness to baited hooks
associated with an alarm behavioral
response. A companion study showed
that alarm and startle responses were
not sustained following the removal of
the sound source (Pearson et al., 1992).
Therefore, Skalski et al. (1992)
suggested that the effects on fish
abundance may be transitory, primarily
occurring during the sound exposure
itself. In some cases, effects on catch
rates are variable within a study, which
may be more broadly representative of
temporary displacement of fish in
response to airgun noise (i.e., catch rates
may increase in some locations and
decrease in others) than any long-term
damage to the fish themselves (Streever
et al., 2016).
SPLs of sufficient strength have been
known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality and, in some studies, fish
auditory systems have been damaged by
airgun noise (McCauley et al., 2003;
Popper et al., 2005; Song et al., 2008).
However, in most fish species, hair cells
in the ear continuously regenerate and
loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are
replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et al.
(2012b. (2012) showed that a TTS of 4–
6 dB was recoverable within 24 hours
for one species. Impacts would be most
severe when the individual fish is close
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59225
to the source and when the duration of
exposure is long—both of which are
conditions unlikely to occur for this
survey that is necessarily transient in
any given location and likely result in
brief, infrequent noise exposure to prey
species in any given area. For this
survey, the sound source is constantly
moving, and most fish would likely
avoid the sound source prior to
receiving sound of sufficient intensity to
cause physiological or anatomical
damage. In addition, ramp-up may
allow certain fish species the
opportunity to move further away from
the sound source.
A recent comprehensive review
(Carroll et al., 2017) found that results
are mixed as to the effects of airgun
noise on the prey of marine mammals.
While some studies suggest a change in
prey distribution and/or a reduction in
prey abundance following the use of
seismic airguns, others suggest no
effects or even positive effects in prey
abundance. As one specific example,
Paxton et al. (2017), which describes
findings related to the effects of a 2014
seismic survey on a reef off of North
Carolina, showed a 78 percent decrease
in observed nighttime abundance for
certain species. It is important to note
that the evening hours during which the
decline in fish habitat use was recorded
(via video recording) occurred on the
same day that the seismic survey
passed, and no subsequent data is
presented to support an inference that
the response was long-lasting.
Additionally, given that the finding is
based on video images, the lack of
recorded fish presence does not support
a conclusion that the fish actually
moved away from the site or suffered
any serious impairment. In summary,
this particular study corroborates prior
studies indicating that a startle response
or short-term displacement should be
expected.
Available data suggest that
cephalopods are capable of sensing the
particle motion of sounds and detect
low frequencies up to 1–1.5 kHz,
depending on the species, and so are
likely to detect airgun noise (Kaifu et al.,
2008; Hu et al., 2009; Mooney et al.,
2010; Samson et al., 2014). Auditory
injuries (lesions occurring on the
statocyst sensory hair cells) have been
reported upon controlled exposure to
low-frequency sounds, suggesting that
cephalopods are particularly sensitive to
low-frequency sound (Andre et al.,
2011; Sole et al., 2013). Behavioral
responses, such as inking and jetting,
have also been reported upon exposure
to low-frequency sound (McCauley et
al., 2000b; Samson et al., 2014). Similar
to fish, however, the transient nature of
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
59226
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
the survey leads to an expectation that
effects will be largely limited to
behavioral reactions and would occur as
a result of brief, infrequent exposures.
With regard to potential impacts on
zooplankton, McCauley et al. (2017)
found that exposure to airgun noise
resulted in significant depletion for
more than half the taxa present and that
there were two to three times more dead
zooplankton after airgun exposure
compared with controls for all taxa,
within 1 km of the airguns. However,
the authors also stated that in order to
have significant impacts on r-selected
species (i.e., those with high growth
rates and that produce many offspring)
such as plankton, the spatial or
temporal scale of impact must be large
in comparison with the ecosystem
concerned, and it is possible that the
findings reflect avoidance by
zooplankton rather than mortality
(McCauley et al., 2017). In addition, the
results of this study are inconsistent
with a large body of research that
generally finds limited spatial and
temporal impacts to zooplankton as a
result of exposure to airgun noise (e.g.,
Dalen and Knutsen, 1987; Payne, 2004;
Stanley et al., 2011). Most prior research
on this topic, which has focused on
relatively small spatial scales, has
showed minimal effects (e.g.,
Kostyuchenko, 1973; Booman et al.,
1996; S#tre and Ona, 1996; Pearson et
al., 1994; Bolle et al., 2012).
A modeling exercise was conducted
as a follow-up to the McCauley et al.
(2017) study (as recommended by
McCauley et al.), in order to assess the
potential for impacts on ocean
ecosystem dynamics and zooplankton
population dynamics (Richardson et al.,
2017). Richardson et al. (2017) found
that for copepods with a short life cycle
in a high-energy environment, a fullscale airgun survey would impact
copepod abundance up to three days
following the end of the survey,
suggesting that effects such as those
found by McCauley et al. (2017) would
not be expected to be detectable
downstream of the survey areas, either
spatially or temporally.
Notably, a recently described study
produced results inconsistent with
those of McCauley et al. (2017).
Researchers conducted a field and
laboratory study to assess if exposure to
airgun noise affects mortality, predator
escape response, or gene expression of
the copepod Calanus finmarchicus
(Fields et al., 2019). Immediate
mortality of copepods was significantly
higher, relative to controls, at distances
of 5 m or less from the airguns.
Mortality one week after the airgun blast
was significantly higher in the copepods
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
placed 10 m from the airgun but was not
significantly different from the controls
at a distance of 20 m from the airgun.
The increase in mortality, relative to
controls, did not exceed 30 percent at
any distance from the airgun. Moreover,
the authors caution that even this higher
mortality in the immediate vicinity of
the airguns may be more pronounced
than what would be observed in freeswimming animals due to increased
flow speed of fluid inside bags
containing the experimental animals.
There were no sublethal effects on the
escape performance or the sensory
threshold needed to initiate an escape
response at any of the distances from
the airgun that were tested. Whereas
McCauley et al. (2017) reported an SEL
of 156 dB at a range of 509–658 m, with
zooplankton mortality observed at that
range, Fields et al. (2019) reported an
SEL of 186 dB at a range of 25 m, with
no reported mortality at that distance.
Regardless, if we assume a worst-case
likelihood of severe impacts to
zooplankton within approximately 1 km
of the acoustic source, the typically
wide dispersal of survey vessels and
brief time to regeneration of the
potentially affected zooplankton
populations does not lead us to expect
any meaningful follow-on effects to the
prey base for odontocete predators.
A recent review article concluded
that, while laboratory results provide
scientific evidence for high-intensity
and low-frequency sound-induced
physical trauma and other negative
effects on some fish and invertebrates,
the sound exposure scenarios in some
cases are not realistic to those
encountered by marine organisms
during routine seismic operations
(Carroll et al., 2017). The review finds
that there has been no evidence of
reduced catch or abundance following
seismic activities for invertebrates, and
that there is conflicting evidence for fish
with catch observed to increase,
decrease, or remain the same. Further,
where there is evidence for decreased
catch rates in response to airgun noise,
these findings provide no information
about the underlying biological cause of
catch rate reduction (Carroll et al.,
2017).
In summary, impacts of the specified
activity on marine mammal prey species
will likely be limited to behavioral
responses, the majority of prey species
will be capable of moving out of the area
during the survey, a rapid return to
normal recruitment, distribution, and
behavior for prey species is anticipated,
and, overall, impacts to prey species
will be minor and temporary. Prey
species exposed to sound might move
away from the sound source, experience
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
TTS, experience masking of biologically
relevant sounds, or show no obvious
direct effects. Mortality from
decompression injuries is possible in
close proximity to a sound, but only
limited data on mortality in response to
airgun noise exposure are available
(Hawkins et al., 2014). The most likely
impacts for most prey species in the
survey area would be temporary
avoidance of the area. The proposed
survey would move through an area
relatively quickly, limiting exposure to
multiple impulsive sounds. In all cases,
sound levels would return to ambient
once the survey moves out of the area
or ends and the noise source is shut
down and, when exposure to sound
ends, behavioral and/or physiological
responses are expected to end relatively
quickly (McCauley et al., 2000b). The
duration of fish avoidance of a given
area after survey effort stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution, and behavior
is anticipated. While the potential for
disruption of spawning aggregations or
schools of important prey species can be
meaningful on a local scale, the mobile
and temporary nature of this survey and
the likelihood of temporary avoidance
behavior suggest that impacts would be
minor.
In general, impacts to marine mammal
prey are expected to be limited due to
the relatively small temporal and spatial
overlap between the proposed survey
and any areas used by marine mammal
prey species. The proposed use of
airguns as part of an active seismic array
survey would occur over a relatively
short time period (approximately 25
days at sea) and would occur over a very
small area relative to the area available
as marine mammal habitat in the Ross
Sea. We believe any impacts to marine
mammals due to adverse effects to their
prey would be insignificant due to the
limited spatial and temporal impact of
the proposed survey. However, adverse
impacts may occur to a few species of
fish and to zooplankton.
Acoustic Habitat—Acoustic habitat is
the soundscape—which encompasses
all of the sound present in a particular
location and time, as a whole—when
considered from the perspective of the
animals experiencing it. Animals
produce sound for, or listen for sounds
produced by, conspecifics
(communication during feeding, mating,
and other social activities), other
animals (finding prey or avoiding
predators), and the physical
environment (finding suitable habitats,
navigating). Together, sounds made by
animals and the geophysical
environment (e.g., produced by
earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
waves) make up the natural
contributions to the total acoustics of a
place. These acoustic conditions,
termed acoustic habitat, are one
attribute of an animal’s total habitat.
Soundscapes are also defined by, and
acoustic habitat influenced by, the total
contribution of anthropogenic sound.
This may include incidental emissions
from sources such as vessel traffic, or
may be intentionally introduced to the
marine environment for data acquisition
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays).
Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its
frequency content, duration, and
loudness and these characteristics
greatly influence the potential habitatmediated effects to marine mammals
(please see also the previous discussion
on masking under Acoustic Effects),
which may range from local effects for
brief periods of time to chronic effects
over large areas and for long durations.
Depending on the extent of effects to
habitat, animals may alter their
communications signals (thereby
potentially expending additional
energy) or miss acoustic cues (either
conspecific or adventitious). For more
detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber
et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011;
Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et al.,
2014.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Problems arising from a failure to
detect cues are more likely to occur
when noise stimuli are chronic and
overlap with biologically relevant cues
used for communication, orientation,
and predator/prey detection (Francis
and Barber, 2013). Although the signals
emitted by seismic airgun arrays are
generally low frequency, they would
also likely be of short duration and
transient in any given area due to the
nature of these surveys. As described
previously, exploratory surveys such as
this one cover a large area but would be
transient rather than focused in a given
location over time and therefore would
not be considered chronic in any given
location.
Based on the information discussed
herein, we conclude that impacts of the
specified activity are not likely to have
more than short-term adverse effects on
any prey habitat or populations of prey
species. Further, any impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to
result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
All proposed takes are by Level B
harassment, involving temporary
changes in behavior. No Level A
harassment is expected or proposed for
authorization. In the sections below, we
describe methods to estimate the
number of Level B harassment events.
The main sources of distributional and
numerical data used in deriving the
estimates are summarized below.
Generally speaking, we estimate take
by considering: (1) acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of hearing
impairment; (2) the area or volume of
water that will be ensonified above
these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within
these ensonified areas; and (4) the
number of days of activities. We note
that while these basic factors can
contribute to a basic calculation to
provide an initial prediction of takes,
additional information that can
qualitatively inform take estimates is
also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group
size). Below, we describe the factors
considered here in more detail and
present the proposed take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of
acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound
above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59227
B harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive
sources—Though significantly driven by
received level, the onset of behavioral
disturbance from anthropogenic noise
exposure is also informed to varying
degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
bathymetry), and the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience,
demography, behavioral context) and
can be difficult to predict (Southall et
al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on
what the available science indicates and
the practical need to use a threshold
based on a factor that is both predictable
and measurable for most activities,
NMFS uses a generalized acoustic
threshold based on received level to
estimate the onset of behavioral
harassment. NMFS predicts that marine
mammals are likely to be behaviorally
harassed in a manner we consider Level
B harassment when exposed to
underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for continuous (e.g., vibratory piledriving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1
mPa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive
(e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources.
The proposed activities include the
use of continuous icebreaking and
impulsive seismic sources and, and
therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 mPa
(rms) are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive
sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
for Assessing the Effects of
Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The proposed activity
includes the use of impulsive seismic
and continuous non-impulsive
icebreaking sources.
These thresholds are provided in the
table below. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the
development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical
Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-acoustic-technicalguidance.
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59228
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1:
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into identifying the area
ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
When the NMFS Technical Guidance
(2016) was published, in recognition of
the fact that ensonified area/volume
could be more technically challenging
to predict because of the duration
component in the new thresholds, we
developed a User Spreadsheet that
includes tools to help predict a simple
isopleth that can be used in conjunction
with marine mammal density or
occurrence to help predict takes. We
note that because of some of the
assumptions included in the methods
used for these tools, we anticipate that
isopleths produced are typically going
to be overestimates of some degree,
which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment
take. However, these tools offer the best
way to predict appropriate isopleths
when more sophisticated 3D modeling
methods are not available, and NMFS
continues to develop ways to
quantitatively refine these tools, and
will qualitatively address the output
where appropriate. For mobile sources
(e.g., icebreaking), the User Spreadsheet
predicts the closest distance at which a
stationary animal would not incur PTS
if the sound source traveled by the
animal in a straight line at a constant
speed.
The proposed survey would entail the
use of a 2-airgun array with a total
discharge of 210 in3 at a tow depth of
1–4 m (with the worst-case scenario of
4 m assumed for purposes of modeling).
L–DEO model results are used to
determine the 160 dBrms radius for the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
2-airgun array water depth ranging from
150–700 m. Received sound levels were
predicted by L–DEO’s model (Diebold et
al., 2010) as a function of distance from
the airguns, for the two 105 in3 airguns.
This modeling approach uses ray tracing
for the direct wave traveling from the
array to the receiver and its associated
source ghost (reflection at the air-water
interface in the vicinity of the array), in
a constant-velocity half-space (infinite
homogenous ocean layer, unbounded by
a seafloor). In addition, propagation
measurements of pulses from a 36airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have
been reported in deep water (∼1,600 m),
intermediate water depth on the slope
(∼600–1,100 m), and shallow water (∼50
m) in the Gulf of Mexico in 2007–2008
(Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold et al.,
2010).
For deep and intermediate water
cases, the field measurements cannot be
used readily to derive the Level A and
Level B harassment isopleths, as at
those sites the calibration hydrophone
was located at a roughly constant depth
of 350–550 m, which may not intersect
all the SPL isopleths at their widest
point from the sea surface down to the
maximum relevant water depth (∼2,000
m) for marine mammals. At short
ranges, where the direct arrivals
dominate and the effects of seafloor
interactions are minimal, the data at the
deep sites are suitable for comparison
with modeled levels at the depth of the
calibration hydrophone. At longer
ranges, the comparison with the
model—constructed from the maximum
SPL through the entire water column at
varying distances from the airgun
array—is the most relevant.
In deep and intermediate water
depths at short ranges, sound levels for
direct arrivals recorded by the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
calibration hydrophone and L–DEO
model results for the same array tow
depth are in good alignment (see Figures
12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF–USGS
2011). Consequently, isopleths falling
within this domain can be predicted
reliably by the L–DEO model, although
they may be imperfectly sampled by
measurements recorded at a single
depth. At greater distances, the
calibration data show that seafloorreflected and sub-seafloor-refracted
arrivals dominate, whereas the direct
arrivals become weak and/or incoherent
(see Figures 11, 12, and 16 in Appendix
H of NSF–USGS 2011). Aside from local
topography effects, the region around
the critical distance is where the
observed levels rise closest to the model
curve. However, the observed sound
levels are found to fall almost entirely
below the model curve. Thus, analysis
of the Gulf of Mexico calibration
measurements demonstrates that
although simple, the L–DEO model is a
robust tool for conservatively estimating
isopleths.
The proposed survey would acquire
data with two 105-in3 guns at a tow
depth of 1–4 m. For deep water (>1000
m), we use the deep-water radii
obtained from L–DEO model results
down to a maximum water depth of
2,000 m for the airgun array. The radii
for intermediate water depths (100–
1,000 m) are derived from the deepwater ones by applying a correction
factor (multiplication) of 1.5, such that
observed levels at very near offsets fall
below the corrected mitigation curve
(see Figure 16 in Appendix H of NSF–
USGS 2011).
L–DEO’s modeling methodology is
described in greater detail in NSF’s IHA
application. The estimated distances to
the Level B harassment isopleth for the
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59229
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
proposed airgun configuration are
shown in Table 5.
TABLE 5—PREDICTED RADIAL DISTANCES FROM THE RVIB Palmer SEISMIC SOURCE TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO
LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD
Water depth
(m) a
Airgun configuration
Two 105-in3 GI guns ...............................................................................................................................................
a No
>1,000
100–1,000
Predicted
distances (m)
to 160 dB
received
sound level
726 b
1,089 c
survey effort would occur in water >1000 m; the distance for this water depth is included for informational purposes only.
is based on L–DEO model results.
is based on L–DEO model results with a 1.5 × correction factor between deep and intermediate water depths.
b Distance
c Distance
Table 6 presents the modeled PTS
isopleths for each marine mammal
hearing group based on the L–DEO
modeling incorporated in the
companion User Spreadsheet (NMFS
2018).
TABLE 6—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES TO ISOPLETHS CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
SEL
cumulative
PTS threshold
(dB) 1
Hearing group
Low-frequency cetaceans ................................................................................
Mid-frequency cetaceans .................................................................................
High-frequency cetaceans ...............................................................................
Phocid pinnipeds .............................................................................................
Otariid pinnpeds ...............................................................................................
SEL
cumulative
PTS distance
(m) 1
183
185
155
185
203
25.4
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.0
Pk PTS
threshold
(dB) 1
219
230
202
218
232
Pk PTS
distance
(m) 1
6.69
1.50
47.02
7.53
0.92
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
1 Cumulative sound exposure level for PTS (SEL
cumPTS) or Peak (SPLflat) resulting in Level A harassment (i.e., injury). Based on 2018 NMFS
Acoustic Technical Guidance (NMFS 2018).
Predicted distances to Level A
harassment isopleths, which vary based
on marine mammal hearing groups,
were calculated based on modeling
performed by L–DEO using the Nucleus
software program and the NMFS User
Spreadsheet, described below. The
acoustic thresholds for impulsive
sounds (e.g., airguns) contained in the
Technical Guidance were presented as
dual metric acoustic thresholds using
both SELcum and peak sound pressure
metrics (NMFS 2016a). As dual metrics,
NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A
harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the two metrics is
exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of
exposure, as well as auditory weighting
functions by marine mammal hearing
group. In recognition of the fact that the
requirement to calculate Level A
harassment ensonified areas could be
more technically challenging to predict
due to the duration component and the
use of weighting functions in the new
SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an
optional User Spreadsheet that includes
tools to help predict a simple isopleth
that can be used in conjunction with
marine mammal density or occurrence
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
to facilitate the estimation of take
numbers.
The SELcum for the two-GI airgun
array is derived from calculating the
modified farfield signature. The farfield
signature is often used as a theoretical
representation of the source level. To
compute the farfield signature, the
source level is estimated at a large
distance (right) below the array (e.g., 9
km), and this level is back projected
mathematically to a notional distance of
1 m from the array’s geometrical center.
However, it has been recognized that the
source level from the theoretical farfield
signature is never physically achieved at
the source when the source is an array
of multiple airguns separated in space
(Tolstoy et al., 2009). Near the source (at
short ranges, distances <1 km), the
pulses of sound pressure from each
individual airgun in the source array do
not stack constructively as they do for
the theoretical farfield signature. The
pulses from the different airguns spread
out in time such that the source levels
observed or modeled are the result of
the summation of pulses from a few
airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.,
2009). At larger distances, away from
the source array center, sound pressure
of all the airguns in the array stack
coherently, but not within one time
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
sample, resulting in smaller source
levels (a few dB) than the source level
derived from the farfield signature.
Because the farfield signature does not
take into account the interactions of the
two airguns that occur near the source
center and is calculated as a point
source (single airgun), the modified
farfield signature is a more appropriate
measure of the sound source level for
large arrays. For this smaller array, the
modified farfield changes will be
correspondingly smaller as well, but
this method is used for consistency
across all array sizes.
The Level B harassment estimates are
based on a consideration of the number
of marine mammals that could be
within the area around the operating
airgun array where received levels of
sound ≥160 dB re 1 mParms are
predicted to occur (see Table 1). The
estimated numbers are based on the
densities (numbers per unit area) of
marine mammals expected to occur in
the area in the absence of seismic
surveys. To the extent that marine
mammals tend to move away from
seismic sources before the sound level
reaches the criterion level and tend not
to approach an operating airgun array,
these estimates likely overestimate the
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59230
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
numbers actually exposed to the
specified level of sound.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
For the proposed survey area, NSF
provided density data for marine
mammal species that might be
encountered in the project area. NMFS
concurred that these data are the best
available. Sightings data from the 2002–
2003 (IWC–SOWER) Circumpolar
Cruise, Area V (Ensor et al. 2003) were
used to estimate densities for four
mysticete (i.e., humpback whale,
Antarctic minke whale, fin whale, and
blue whale) and six odontocete species
(i.e., sperm whale, southern bottlenose
whale, strap-toothed beaked whale,
killer whale, long-finned pilot whale
and hourglass dolphin). Densities for sei
and Arnoux’s beaked whales were based
on those reported in the Naval Marine
Species Density Database (NMSDD)
(Department of Navy 2012). NMFS finds
NMSDD a reasonable representation of
the lower likelihood of encountering
these species, as evidenced by previous
monitoring reports from projects in the
same or similar area (85 FR 5619;
January 31, 2020 & 0648–XD705;January
29, 2015) and primary literature on
whale species density distribution in
the Antarctic (Cetacean Population
Studies Vol.2, 2020). Densities of
pinnipeds were estimated using best
available data (Waterhouse 2001;
Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve 2010)
and dividing the estimated population
of pinnipeds (number of animals) by the
area of the Ross Sea (300,000 km2).
Estimated densities used and Level B
harassment ensonified areas to inform
take estimates are presented in Table 7.
TABLE 7—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITIES AND TOTAL ENSONIFIED AREA OF ACTIVITIES IN THE PROPOSED SURVEY AREA
Ross bank
level B
ensonified
area
(km2)
Drygalski
tough level B
ensonified
area
(km2)
Icebreaking
level B
ensonified
area
(km2)
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
5,272
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
4,942
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
8,278
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
Estimated
density
(#/km2)
Species
Fin whale .........................................................................................................
Blue whale .......................................................................................................
Sei whale .........................................................................................................
Antarctic minke whale ......................................................................................
Humpback whale .............................................................................................
Sperm whale ....................................................................................................
Southern bottlenose whale ..............................................................................
Arnoux’s beaked whale ...................................................................................
Strap-toothed beaked whale ............................................................................
Killer whale ......................................................................................................
Long-finned pilot whale ....................................................................................
Hourglass dolphin ............................................................................................
Crabeater seal .................................................................................................
Leopard seal ....................................................................................................
Ross seal .........................................................................................................
Weddell seal ....................................................................................................
Southern elephant seal ....................................................................................
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information
provided above is brought together to
produce a quantitative take estimate.
Seismic Surveys
In order to estimate the number of
marine mammals predicted to be
exposed to sound levels that would
result in Level B harassment, the radial
distance from the airgun array to the
predicted isopleth corresponding to the
0.0306570
0.0065132
0.0046340
0.0845595
0.0321169
0.0098821
0.0117912
0.0134420
0.0044919
0.0208872
0.0399777
0.0189782
0.6800000
0.0266700
0.0166700
0.1066700
0.0001300
Level B harassment threshold is
calculated, as described above. The
radial distance is then used to calculate
the area around the airgun array
predicted to be ensonified to the sound
level that exceed the Level B harassment
threshold. The area estimated to be
ensonified in a single day of the survey
is then calculated (Table 8), based on
the area predicted to be ensonified
around the array and the estimated
trackline distance traveled per day. The
daily ensonified area was then
multiplied by the number of estimated
seismic acquisition days –9.6 days for
the Ross Bay survey and 9 days for the
Drygalski Trough survey. The product is
then multiplied by 1.25 to account for
the additional 25 percent contingency,
as described above. This results in an
estimate of the total area (km2) expected
to be ensonified to the Level B
harassment threshold.
TABLE 8—AREA (KM2) TO BE ENSONIFIED TO THE LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD
Distance/day
(km)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Survey area
Ross Bank ................................................
Drygaiski Trough ......................................
200
200
Based on the small Level A
harassment isopleths (as shown in Table
6) and in consideration of the proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Daily
ensonified
area with
endcap
(km2)
Threshold
distance
(km)
1.089
1.089
439
439
mitigation measures (see Proposed
Mitigation section below), take by Level
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Number of
survey days
9.6
9
Plus 25%
(contingency)
12
11.25
Total
ensonified
area
(km2)
5,272
4,942
A harassment is not expected to occur
and is not proposed for authorization.
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59231
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
The marine mammals predicted to
occur within the respective areas, based
on estimated densities (Table 7), are
assumed to be incidentally taken.
Estimated take, and percentages of the
stocks estimated to be taken, for the
proposed survey are shown in Table 10.
Icebreaking
Applying the maximum estimated
amount of icebreaking expected by NSF,
i.e., 500 km, we calculate the total
ensonified area of icebreaking (Table 9).
Estimates of exposures assume that
there would be approximately 2 days of
icebreaking activities; the calculated
takes have been increased by 25 percent
(2.75 days).
TABLE 9—ENSONIFIED AREA FOR ICEBREAKING ACTIVITIES
Criteria
Distance/day
(km)
Threshold
distance
(km)
Daily
ensonified
area with
endcap
(km2)
Number of
survey days
Plus 25%
(contingency)
Total
ensonified
area
(km2)
120 dB ......................................................
223
6,456
3,010
2.2
2.75
8,278
Estimated take from icebreaking for
the proposed survey are shown in Table
10. As most cetaceans do not occur in
pack ice, the estimates of the numbers
of marine mammals potentially exposed
to sounds greater than the Level B
harassment threshold (120 dB re 1 mPa
rms) are precautionary and probably
overestimate the actual numbers of
marine mammals that could be
involved. No takes by Level A
harassment are expected or proposed for
authorization. The estimated number of
takes for pinnipeds accounts for both
seals that may be in the water and those
hauled out on ice surfaces. Few
cetaceans are expected to be seen during
icebreaking activities, although some
could occur along the ice margin.
TABLE 10—TOTAL MARINE MAMMAL TAKE ESTIMATED FOR THE PROPOSED SURVEY IN THE ROSS SEA
Level B take
Species
All seismic
Fin whale ..............................................................................
Blue whale ...........................................................................
Sei whale .............................................................................
Antarctic minke whale ..........................................................
Humpback whale .................................................................
Sperm whale ........................................................................
Southern bottlenose whale ..................................................
Arnoux’s beaked whale ........................................................
Strap-toothed beaked whale ................................................
Killer whale ...........................................................................
Long-finned pilot whale ........................................................
Hourglass dolphin ................................................................
Crabeater seal .....................................................................
Leopard seal ........................................................................
Ross seal .............................................................................
Weddell seal ........................................................................
Southern elephant seal ........................................................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on the
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable
for this action). NMFS regulations
require applicants for incidental take
authorizations to include information
about the availability and feasibility
(economic and technological) of
equipment, methods, and manner of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Icebreaking
313
67
47
864
328
101
120
137
46
213
408
194
6,946
272
170
1,090
2
254
54
38
700
266
82
98
111
37
173
331
157
5,629
221
138
883
1
conducting the activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) the manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Total take
proposed for
authorization
567
120
86
1,564
594
183
218
249
83
386
739
351
12,575
493
308
1,973
3
Population
abundance
38,200
1,700
10,000
515,000
42,000
12,069
599,300
599,300
599,300
25,000
200,000
144,300
1,700,000
220,000
250,000
1,000,000
750,000
Percent of
population
1.48
7.09
0.86
0.3
1.41
1.51
0.04
0.04
0.01
1.55
0.37
0.24
1
0.22
0.12
0.2
<0.01
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned),
and;
(2) the practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost,
impact on operations, and, in the case
of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
Mitigation measures that would be
adopted during the planned survey
include, but are not limited to: (1)
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59232
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Vessel speed or course alteration,
provided that doing so would not
compromise operation safety
requirements. (2) GI-airgun shut down
within exclusion zones (EZ)s, and (3)
ramp-up procedures.
Vessel-Visual Based Mitigation
Monitoring
Visual monitoring requires the use of
trained observers (herein referred to as
visual protected species observers
(PSOs)) to scan the ocean surface
visually for the presence of marine
mammals. The area to be scanned
visually includes primarily the
exclusion zone, within which
observation of certain marine mammals
requires shutdown of the acoustic
source, but also the buffer zone. The
buffer zone means an area beyond the
exclusion zone to be monitored for the
presence of marine mammals that may
enter the exclusion zone. During prestart clearance (i.e., before ramp-up
begins), the buffer zone also acts as an
extension of the exclusion zone in that
observations of marine mammals within
the buffer zone would also prevent
airgun operations from beginning (i.e.,
ramp-up). The buffer zone encompasses
the area at and below the sea surface
from the edge of the 100 m exclusion
zone measured from the edges of the
airgun array. Visual monitoring of the
exclusion zone and adjacent waters is
intended to establish and, when visual
conditions allow, maintain zones
around the sound source that are clear
of marine mammals, thereby reducing or
eliminating the potential for injury and
minimizing the potential for more
severe behavioral reactions for animals
occurring closer to the vessel. Visual
monitoring of the buffer zone is
intended to (1) provide additional
protection to naı¨ve marine mammals
that may be in the area during preclearance, and (2) during airgun use, aid
in establishing and maintaining the
exclusion zone by altering the visual
observer and crew of marine mammals
that are outside of, but may approach
and enter, the exclusion zone.
NSF must use independent,
dedicated, trained visual PSOs, meaning
that the PSOs must be employed by a
third-party observer provider, must not
have tasks other than to conduct
observational effort, collect data, and
communicate with and instruct relevant
vessel crew with regard to the presence
of protected species and mitigation
requirements, and must have
successfully completed an approved
PSO training course. PSO resumes shall
be provided to NMFS for approval.
At least one visual PSO must have a
minimum of 90 days at-sea experience
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
working in that role during a shallow
penetration or low-energy survey, with
no more than 18 months elapsed since
the conclusion of the at-sea experience.
One PSO with such experience shall be
designated as the lead for the entire
protected species observation team. The
lead PSO shall serve as primary point of
contact for the vessel operator and
ensure all PSO requirements per the
IHA are met. To the maximum extent
practicable, the experienced PSOs
should be scheduled to be on duty with
those PSOs with the appropriate
training but who have not yet gained
relevant experience.
During survey operations (e.g., any
day on which use of the acoustic source
is planned to occur, and whenever the
acoustic source is in the water, whether
activated or not), a minimum of two
PSOs must be on duty and conducting
visual observations at all times during
daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes
prior to sunrise through 30 minutes
following sunset) and 30 minutes prior
to and during ramp-up of the airgun
array. Visual monitoring of the
exclusion and buffer zones must begin
no less than 30 minutes prior to rampup and must continue until one hour
after use of the acoustic source ceases or
until 30 minutes past sunset. Visual
PSOs must coordinate to ensure 360
degree visual coverage around the vessel
from the most appropriate observation
posts, and must conduct visual
observations using binoculars and the
naked eye while free from distractions
and in a consistent, systematic, and
diligent manner.
PSOs shall establish and monitor the
exclusion and buffer zones. These zones
shall be based upon the radial distance
from the edges of the acoustic source
(rather than being based on the center of
the array or around the vessel itself).
During use of the acoustic source (i.e.,
anytime airguns are active, including
ramp-up) shall be communicated to the
operator to prepare for the potential
shutdown of the acoustic source.
During use of the airgun, detections of
marine mammals within the buffer zone
(but outside the exclusion zone) should
be communicated to the operator to
prepare for the potential shutdown of
the acoustic source. Visual PSOs will
immediately communicate all
observations to the on duty acoustic
PSO(s), including any determination by
the PSO regarding species
identification, distance, and bearing and
the degree of confidence in the
determination. Any observations of
marine mammals by crew members
shall be relayed to the PSO team. During
good conditions (e.g., daylight hours;
Beaufort sea state (BSS) 3 or less), visual
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
PSOs shall conduct observations when
the acoustic source is not operating for
comparison of sightings rates and
behavior with and without use of the
acoustic source and between acquisition
periods, to the maximum extent
practicable.
Visual PSOs may be on watch for a
maximum of four consecutive hours
followed by a break of at least one hour
between watches and may conduct a
maximum of 12 hours of observation per
24-hour period.
Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone
An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined
area within which occurrence of a
marine mammal triggers mitigation
action intended to reduce the potential
for certain outcome, e.g., auditory
injury, disruption of critical behaviors.
The PSOs would establish a minimum
EZ with a 100 m radius with an
additional 100 m buffer zone (total of
200 m). The 200m zone would be based
on radial distance from the edge of the
airgun array (rather than being based on
the center of the array or around the
vessel itself). With certain exceptions
(described below), if a marine mammal
appears within or enters this zone, the
acoustic source would be shut down.
The 100 m EZ, with additional 100 m
buffer zone, is intended to be
precautionary in the sense that it would
be expected to contain sound exceeding
the injury criteria for all cetacean
hearing groups, (based on the dual
criteria of SELcum and peak SPL), while
also providing a consistent, reasonably
observable zone within which PSOs
would typically be able to conduct
effective observational effort.
Additionally, a 100 m EZ is expected to
minimize the likelihood that marine
mammals will be exposed to levels
likely to result in more severe
behavioral responses. Although
significantly greater distances may be
observed from an elevated platform
under good conditions, we believe that
100 m is regularly attainable for PSOs
using the naked eye during typical
conditions.
An extended 500 m exclusion zone
must be established for beaked whales,
large whales with a calf, and an
aggregation of whales during all survey
effort. No buffer zone is required.
Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up
Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as
‘‘soft start’’) is the gradual and
systematic increase of emitted sound
levels from an airgun array. Ramp-up
would begin with one GI airgun 45 cu
in first being activated, followed by the
second after 5 minutes. The intent of
pre-clearance observation (30 minutes)
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
is to ensure no marine mammals are
observed within the buffer zone prior to
the beginning of ramp-up. During preclearance is the only time observations
of marine mammals in the buffer zone
would prevent operations (i.e., the
beginning of ramp-up). The intent of
ramp-up is to warn protected species of
pending seismic operations and to allow
sufficient time for those animals to leave
the immediate vicinity. A ramp-up
procedure, involving a stepwise
increase in the number of airguns are
activated and the full volume is achieve,
is required at all times as part of the
activation of the acoustic source. All
operators must adhere to the following
pre-clearance and ramp-up
requirements:
(1) The operator must notify a
designated PSO of the planned start of
ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead
PSO; the notification time should not be
less than 60 minutes prior to the
planned ramp-up in order to allow PSOs
time to monitor the exclusion and buffer
zones for 30 minutes prior to the
initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance);
• Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as
to minimize the time spent with the
source activated prior to reaching the
designated run-in;
• One of the PSOs conducting preclearance observations must be notified
again immediately prior to initiating
ramp-up procedures and the operator
must receive confirmation from the PSO
to proceed;
• Ramp-up may not be initiated if any
marine mammal is within the applicable
exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine
mammal is observed within the
applicable exclusion zone or the buffer
zone during the 30 minutes preclearance period, ramp-up may not
begin until the animal(s) has been
observed exiting the zones or until an
additional time period has elapsed with
no further sightings (15 minutes for
small odontocetes and pinnipeds, and
30 minutes for Mysticetes and all other
odontocetes, including sperm whales
and beaked whales);
• PSOs must monitor the exclusion
and buffer zones during ramp-up, and
ramp-up must cease and the source
must be shut down upon detection of a
marine mammal within the applicable
exclusion zone. Once ramp-up has
begun, detections of marine mammals
within the buffer zone do not require
shutdown, but such observation shall be
communicated to the operator to
prepare for the potential shutdown.
(2) If the acoustic source is shut down
for brief periods (i.e., less than 30
minutes) for reasons other than that
described for shutdown (e.g.,
mechanical difficulty), it may be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs
have maintained constant observation
and no detections of marine mammals
have occurred within the applicable
exclusion zone. For any longer
shutdown, pre-start clearance
observation and ramp-up are required.
For any shutdown at night or in periods
of poor visibility (e.g., BSS 4 or greater),
ramp-up is required, but if the
shutdown period was brief and constant
observation was maintained, pre-start
clearance watch is not required.
• Testing of the acoustic source
involving all elements requires rampup. Testing limited to individual source
elements or strings does not require
ramp-up but does require pre-start
clearance watch.
Shutdown Procedures
The shutdown of an airgun array
requires the immediate de-activation of
all individual airgun elements of the
array. Any PSO on duty will have the
authority to delay the start of survey
operations or to call for shutdown of the
acoustic source if a marine mammal is
detected within the applicable
exclusion zone. The operator must also
establish and maintain clear lines of
communication directly between PSOs
on duty and crew controlling the
acoustic source to ensure that shutdown
commands are conveyed swiftly while
allowing PSOs to maintain watch. When
both visual and acoustic PSOs are on
duty, all detections will be immediately
communicated to the remainder of the
on-duty PSO team for potential
verification of visual observations by the
acoustic PSO or of acoustic detections
by visual PSOs. When the airgun array
is active (i.e., anytime one or more
airguns is active, including during
ramp-up) and (1) a marine mammal
appears within or enters the applicable
exclusion zone and/or (2) a marine
mammal (other than delphinids, see
below) is detected acoustically and
localized within the applicable
exclusion zone, the acoustic source will
be shut down. When shutdown is called
for by a PSO, the acoustic source will
be immediately deactivated and any
dispute resolved only following
deactivation.
Following a shutdown, airgun activity
would not resume until the marine
mammal has cleared the EZ. The animal
would be considered to have cleared the
EZ if it is visually observed to have
departed the EZ, or it has not been seen
within the EZ for 15 minutes in the case
of small odontocetes and pinnipeds, and
30 minutes for Mysticetes and all other
odontocetes, including sperm and
beaked whales, with no further
observation of the marine mammal(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59233
Upon implementation of shutdown,
the source may be reactivated after the
marine mammal(s) has been observed
exiting the applicable exclusion zone
(i.e., animal is not required to fully exit
the buffer zone where applicable) or
following a clearance period (15
minutes for small odontocetes and
pinnipeds, and 30 minutes for
mysticetes and all other odontocetes,
including sperm whales, beaked whales,
pilot whales, killer whales, and Risso’s
dolphin) with no further observation of
the marine mammal(s).
NSF must implement shutdown if a
marine mammal species for which take
was not authorized, or a species for
which authorization was granted but the
takes have been met, approaches the
Level B harassment zones.
Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures
These measures apply to all vessels
associated with the planned survey
activity; however, we note that these
requirements do not apply in any case
where compliance would create an
imminent and serious threat to a person
or vessel or to the extent that a vessel
is restricted in its ability to maneuver
and, because of the restriction, cannot
comply. These measures include the
following:
(1) Vessel operators and crews must
maintain a vigilant watch for all marine
mammals and slow down, stop their
vessel, or alter course, as appropriate
and regardless of vessel size, to avoid
striking any marine mammal. A single
marine mammal at the surface may
indicate the presence of submerged
animals in the vicinity of the vessel;
therefore, precautionary measures
should be exercised when an animal is
observed. A visual observer aboard the
vessel must monitor a vessel strike
avoidance zone around the vessel
(specific distances detailed below), to
ensure the potential for strike is
minimized. Visual observers monitoring
the vessel strike avoidance zone can be
either third-party observers or crew
members, but crew members
responsible for these duties must be
provided sufficient training to
distinguish marine mammals from other
phenomena and broadly to identify a
marine mammal to broad taxonomic
group (i.e., as a large whale or other
marine mammal);
(2) Vessel speeds must be reduced to
10 kn or less when mother/calf pairs,
pods, or large assemblages of any
marine mammal are observed near a
vessel;
(3) All vessels must maintain a
minimum separation distance of 100 m
from large whales (i.e., sperm whales
and all mysticetes);
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59234
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
(4) All vessels must attempt to
maintain a minimum separation
distance of 50 m from all other marine
mammals, with an exception made for
those animals that approach the vessel;
and
(5) When marine mammals are
sighted while a vessel is underway, the
vessel should take action as necessary to
avoid violating the relevant separation
distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel
to the animal’s course, avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction
until the animal has left the area). If
marine mammals are sighted within the
relevant separation distance, the vessel
should reduce speed and shift the
engine to neutral, not engaging the
engines until animals are clear of the
area. This recommendation does not
apply to any vessel towing gear.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
has preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
(1) Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density).
(2) Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas).
(3) Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors.
(4) How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks.
(5) Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat).
(6) Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
As described above, PSO observations
would take place during daytime airgun
operations. During seismic operations,
at least three visual PSO would be based
aboard the Palmer, with a minimum of
one on duty at all times during daylight
hours. NMFS’ typical requirements for
surveys of this type include a minimum
of two PSOs on duty at all times during
daylight hours. However, NSF stated in
communications with NMFS that the
requirement is not practicable in this
circumstance due to the remote location
of the proposed survey and associated
logistical issues, including limited
capacity to fly PSOs into and out of
McMurdo Station in Antarctica and
limited berth space on the Palmer, and
requested an exception to the
requirement. NMFS agrees that, in this
circumstance, the requirement to have a
minimum of two PSOs on duty during
all daylight hours would be
impracticable and, therefore, proposes
that a minimum of one PSO be on duty.
NSF must employ two PSOs on duty
during all daylight hours to the
maximum extent practicable. NSF
Monitoring shall be conducted in
accordance with the following
requirements:
(1) PSOs shall be independent,
dedicated and trained and must be
employed by a third-party observer
provider;
(2) PSOs shall have no tasks other
than to conduct visual observational
effort, collect data, and communicate
with and instruct relevant vessel crew
with regard to the presence of protected
species and mitigation requirements
(including brief alerts regarding
maritime hazards);
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(3) PSOs shall have successfully
completed an approved PSO training
course appropriate for their designated
task (visual or acoustic);
(4) NMFS must review and approve
PSO resumes accompanied by a relevant
training course information packet that
includes the name and qualifications
(i.e., experience, training completed, or
educational background) of the
instructor(s), the course outline or
syllabus, and course reference material
as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course;
(5) NMFS shall have one week to
approve PSOs from the time that the
necessary information is submitted,
after which PSOs meeting the minimum
requirements shall automatically be
considered approved;
(6) PSOs must successfully complete
relevant training, including completion
of all required coursework and passing
(80 percent or greater) a written and/or
oral examination developed for the
training program;
(7) PSOs must have successfully
attained a bachelor’s degree from an
accredited college or university with a
major in one of the natural sciences, a
minimum of 30 semester hours or
equivalent in the biological sciences,
and at least one undergraduate course in
math or statistics; and
(8) The educational requirements may
be waived if the PSO has acquired the
relevant skills through alternate
experience. Requests for such a waiver
shall be submitted to NMFS and must
include written justification. Requests
shall be granted or denied (with
justification) by NMFS within one week
of receipt of submitted information.
Alternate experience that may be
considered includes, but is not limited
to
• secondary education and/or
experience comparable to PSO duties;
• previous work experience
conducting academic, commercial, or
government-sponsored protected
species surveys; or
• previous work experience as a PSO;
the PSO should demonstrate good
standing and consistently good
performance of PSO duties.
PSOs must use standardized data
collection forms, whether hard copy or
electronic. PSOs must record detailed
information about any implementation
of mitigation requirements, including
the distance of animals to the acoustic
source and description of specific
actions that ensued, the behavior of the
animal(s), any observed changes in
behavior before and after
implementation of mitigation, and if
shutdown was implemented, the length
of time before any subsequent ramp-up
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
of the acoustic source. If required
mitigation was not implemented, PSOs
should record a description of the
circumstances. At a minimum, the
following information must be recorded:
• Vessel name and call sign;
• PSO names and affiliations;
• Date and participants of PSO
briefings (as discussed in General
Requirement);
• Dates of departure and return to
port with port name;
• Dates and times (Greenwich Mean
Time) of survey effort and times
corresponding with PSO effort;
• Vessel location (latitude/longitude)
when survey effort began and ended and
vessel location at beginning and end of
visual PSO duty shifts;
• Vessel heading and speed at
beginning and end of visual PSO duty
shifts and upon any line change;
• Environmental conditions while on
visual survey (at beginning and end of
PSO shift and whenever conditions
changed significantly), including BSS
and any other relevant weather
conditions including cloud cover, fog,
sun glare, and overall visibility to the
horizon;
• Factors that may have contributed
to impaired observations during each
PSO shift change or as needed as
environmental conditions changed (e.g.,
vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);
and
• Survey activity information, such as
acoustic source power output while in
operation, number and volume of
airguns operating in the array, tow
depth of the array, and any other notes
of significance (i.e., pre-start clearance,
ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,
ramp-up completion, end of operations,
streamers, etc.).
The following information should be
recorded upon visual observation of any
marine mammal:
• Watch status (sighting made by PSO
on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,
alternate vessel/platform);
• PSO who sighted the animal;
• Time of sighting;
• Vessel location at time of sighting;
• Water depth;
• Direction of vessel’s travel (compass
direction);
• Direction of animal’s travel relative
to the vessel;
• Pace of the animal;
• Estimated distance to the animal
and its heading relative to vessel at
initial sighting;
• Identification of the animal (e.g.,
genus/species, lowest possible
taxonomic level, or unidentified) and
the composition of the group if there is
a mix of species;
• Estimated number of animals (high/
low/best);
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
• Estimated number of animals by
cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
calves, group composition, etc.);
• Description (as many distinguishing
features as possible of each individual
seen, including length, shape, color,
pattern, scars or markings, shape and
size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and
blow characteristics);
• Detailed behavior observations (e.g.,
number of blows/breaths, number of
surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,
feeding, traveling; as explicit and
detailed as possible; note any observed
changes in behavior);
• Animal’s closest point of approach
(CPA) and/or closest distance from any
element of the acoustic source;
• Platform activity at time of sighting
(e.g., deploying, recovering, testing,
shooting, data acquisition, other); and
• Description of any actions
implemented in response to the sighting
(e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and
time and location of the action.
Reporting
NSF must submit a draft
comprehensive report to NMFS on all
activities and monitoring results within
90 days of the completion of the survey
or expiration of the IHA, whichever
comes sooner. A final report must be
submitted within 30 days following
resolution of any comments on the draft
report. The report would describe the
operations that were conducted and
sightings of marine mammals near the
operations. The report would provide
full documentation of methods, results,
and interpretation pertaining to all
monitoring. The 90-day report would
summarize the dates and locations of
seismic operations, and all marine
mammal sightings (dates, times,
locations, activities, associated seismic
survey activities). The report would also
include estimates of the number and
nature of exposures that occurred above
the harassment threshold based on PSO
observations and including an estimate
of those that were not detected, in
consideration of both the characteristics
and behaviors of the species of marine
mammals that affect detectability, as
well as the environmental factors that
affect detectability.
The draft report shall also include
geo-referenced time-stamped vessel
tracklines for all time periods during
which airguns were operating.
Tracklines should include points
recording any change in airgun status
(e.g., when the airguns began operating,
when they were turned off, or when
they changed from full array to single
gun or vice versa). Geographic
Information System (GIS) files shall be
provided in Environmental Systems
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59235
Research Institute (ESRI) shapefile
format and include the Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC) date and time,
latitude in decimal degrees, and
longitude in decimal degrees. All
coordinates shall be referenced to the
WGS84 geographic coordinate system.
In addition to the report, all raw
observational data shall be made
available to NMFS. The report must
summarize the information submitted in
interim monthly reports as well as
additional data collected as described
above and in the IHA. A final report
must be submitted within 30 days
following resolution of any comments
on the draft report.
Reporting Injured or Dead Marine
Mammals
Discovery of injured or dead marine
mammals—In the event that personnel
involved in survey activities covered by
the authorization discover an injured or
dead marine mammal, the NSF shall
report the incident to the Office of
Protected Resources (OPR), NMFS as
soon as feasible. The report must
include the following information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the first discovery (and
updated location information if known
and applicable);
• Species identification (if known) or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Condition of the animal(s)
(including carcass condition if the
animal is dead);
• Observed behaviors of the
animal(s), if alive;
• If available, photographs or video
footage of the animal(s); and
• General circumstances under which
the animal was discovered.
Vessel strike—In the event of a ship
strike of a marine mammal by any vessel
involved in the activities covered by the
authorization, L–DEO shall report the
incident to Office of Protected
Resources (OPR), NMFS and to the
NMFS West Coast Regional Stranding
Coordinator as soon as feasible. The
report must include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Vessel’s course/heading and what
operations were being conducted (if
applicable);
• Status of all sound sources in use;
• Description of avoidance measures/
requirements that were in place at the
time of the strike and what additional
measure were taken, if any, to avoid
strike;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59236
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
state, cloud cover, visibility)
immediately preceding the strike;
• Species identification (if known) or
description of the animal(s) involved;
• Estimated size and length of the
animal that was struck;
• Description of the behavior of the
animal immediately preceding and
following the strike;
• If available, description of the
presence and behavior of any other
marine mammals present immediately
preceding the strike;
• Estimated fate of the animal (e.g.,
dead, injured but alive, injured and
moving, blood or tissue observed in the
water, status unknown, disappeared);
and To the extent practicable,
photographs or video footage of the
animal(s).
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of
our analysis applies to all the species
listed in Table 2 given that the
anticipated effects of this activity on
these different marine mammal stocks
are expected to be similar, except where
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
a species- or stock-specific discussion is
warranted. NMFS does not anticipate
that serious injury or mortality would
occur as a result from low-energy
survey, even in the absence of
mitigation, and no serious injury or
mortality is proposed to be authorized.
As discussed in the Potential Effects of
Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and their Habitat section,
non-auditory physical effects and vessel
strike are not expected to occur. NMFS
expects that all potential take would be
in the form of Level B behavioral
harassment in the form of temporary
avoidance of the area or decreased
foraging (if such activity was occurring),
responses that are considered to be of
low severity, and with no lasting
biological consequences (e.g., Southall
et al., 2007, 2021). These low-level
impacts of behavioral harassment are
not likely to impact the overall fitness
of any individual or lead to population
level effects of any species. As described
above, Level A harassment is not
expected to occur given the estimated
small size of the Level A harassment
zones.
In addition to being temporary, the
maximum expected Level B harassment
zone around the survey vessel is 1,089
m (and as much a 6,456 m for
icebreaking activities). Therefore, the
ensonified area surrounding the vessel
is relatively small compared to the
overall distribution of animals in the
area and their use of the habitat.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be
significantly impacted as prey species
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the survey area; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during survey
activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved
away from areas with disturbing levels
of underwater noise. Because of the
short duration (19 days) and temporary
nature of the disturbance and the
availability of similar habitat and
resources in the surrounding area, the
impacts to marine mammals and the
food sources that they utilize are not
expected to cause significant or longterm consequences for individual
marine mammals or their populations.
NMFS does not anticipate that serious
injury or mortality would occur as a
result of NSF’s proposed seismic survey,
even in the absence of proposed
mitigation. Thus, the proposed
authorization does not authorize any
serious injury or mortality. As discussed
in the Potential Effects of Specified
Activities on Marine Mammals and their
Habitat section, non-auditory physical
effects, stranding, and vessel strike are
not expected to occur.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
No takes by Level A harassment are
proposed to be authorized. The 100-m
EZ encompasses the Level A harassment
isopleths for all marine mammal hearing
groups, and is expected to prevent
animals from being exposed to sound
levels that would cause PTS. Also, as
described above, we expect that marine
mammals would be likely to move away
from a sound source that represents an
aversive stimulus, especially at levels
that would be expected to result in PTS,
given sufficient notice of the RVIB
Palmer’s approach due to the vessel’s
relatively low speed when conducting
seismic survey. We expect that any
instances of take would be in the form
of short-term Level B behavioral
harassment in the form of temporary
avoidance of the area or decreased
foraging (if such activity were
occurring), reactions that are considered
to be of low severity and with no lasting
biological consequences (e.g., Southall
et al., 2007).
Potential impacts to marine mammal
habitat were discussed previously in
this document (see Potential Effects of
Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and their Habitat). Marine
mammal habitat may be impacted by
elevated sound levels, but these impacts
would be temporary. Feeding behavior
is not likely to be significantly
impacted, as marine mammals appear to
be less likely to exhibit behavioral
reactions or avoidance responses while
engaged in feeding activities
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during survey
activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved
away from areas with disturbing levels
of underwater noise. Because of the
temporary nature of the disturbance, the
availability of similar habitat and
resources in the surrounding area, and
the lack of important or unique marine
mammal habitat, the impacts to marine
mammals and the food sources that they
utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals or their
populations. In addition, there are no
feeding, mating or calving areas known
to be biologically important to marine
mammals within the proposed project
area.
As explained above in the Description
of Marine Mammals in the Area of
Specified Activities section, marine
mammals in the survey area are not
assigned to NMFS stocks. Therefore, we
rely on the best available information on
the abundance estimates for the species
of marine mammals that could be taken.
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
The activity is expected to impact a very
small percentage of all marine mammal
populations that would be affected by
NSF’s proposed survey (approximately
three percent or less each for all marine
mammal populations where abundance
estimates exist). Additionally, the
acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of the proposed
survey would be very small relative to
the ranges of all marine mammal species
that would potentially be affected.
Sound levels would increase in the
marine environment in a relatively
small area surrounding the vessel
compared to the range of the marine
mammals within the proposed survey
area. The seismic array would be active
24 hours per day throughout the
duration of the proposed survey.
However, the very brief overall duration
of the proposed survey (19 days) would
further limit potential impacts that may
occur as a result of the proposed
activity.
The proposed mitigation measures are
expected to reduce the number and/or
severity of takes by allowing for
detection of marine mammals in the
vicinity of the vessel by visual
observers, and by minimizing the
severity of any potential exposures via
ramp-ups and shutdowns of the airgun
array.
Of the marine mammal species that
are likely to occur in the project area,
the following species are listed as
endangered under the ESA: blue, fin,
sei, and sperm whales. We are
proposing to authorize very small
numbers of takes for these species
(Table 9), relative to their population
sizes (again, for species where
population abundance estimates exist),
therefore we do not expect populationlevel impacts to any of these species.
The other marine mammal species that
may be taken by harassment during
NSF’s seismic survey are not listed as
threatened or endangered under the
ESA. There is no designated critical
habitat for any ESA-listed marine
mammals within the project area.
NMFS concludes that exposures of
marine mammals due to NSF’s proposed
seismic survey would result in only
short-term (temporary and short in
duration) effects to individuals exposed.
Marine mammals may temporarily
avoid the immediate area, but are not
expected to permanently abandon the
area. Major shifts in habitat use,
distribution, or foraging success are not
expected. NMFS does not anticipate the
proposed take estimates to impact
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
(1) No mortality, serious injury or
Level A harassment is anticipated or
proposed to be authorized;
(2) The anticipated impacts of the
proposed activity on marine mammals
would primarily be temporary
behavioral changes of small percentages
of the affected species due to avoidance
of the area around the survey vessel.
The relatively short duration of the
proposed survey (19 days) would
further limit the potential impacts of
any temporary behavioral changes that
would occur;
(3) The availability of alternate areas
of similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
survey area during the proposed survey
to avoid exposure to sounds from the
activity;
(4) The potential adverse effects of the
proposed survey on fish or invertebrate
species that serve as prey species for
marine mammals would be temporary
and spatially limited; and
(5) The proposed mitigation measures,
including visual monitoring, ramp-ups,
and shutdowns, are expected to
minimize potential impacts to marine
mammals.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity would have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. When the
predicted number of individuals to be
taken is fewer than one-third of the
species or stock abundance, the take is
considered to be of small numbers.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
59237
The amount of take NMFS proposes to
authorize is below one third of the
estimated stock abundance for all
species (in fact, take of individuals is
less than ten percent of the abundance
of the affected stocks, see Table 10).
This is likely a conservative estimate
because we assume all takes are of
different individual animals, which is
likely not the case. Some individuals
may be encountered multiple times in a
day, but PSOs would count them as
separate individuals if they cannot be
identified.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population sizes of
the affected species.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal species
or stocks implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species.
We propose to authorize take of blue,
fin, sei, and sperm whales, which are
listed under the ESA, and have
requested initiation of Section 7
consultation for the issuance of this
IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to NSF for conducting seismic
survey and icebreaking in the Ross Sea,
in January through February 2023,
provided the previously mentioned
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
59238
Federal Register / Vol. 87, No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 / Notices
requirements are incorporated. A draft
of the proposed IHA can be found at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this Notice of Proposed
IHA for the proposed low-energy marine
geophysical survey and icebreaking
activity in the Ross Sea. We also request
at this time comment on the potential
renewal of this proposed IHA as
described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform decisions on the request for
this IHA or a subsequent Renewal.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-year IHA renewal with an
additional 15 days for public comments
when (1) another year of identical or
nearly identical activities as described
in the Potential Effects of Specified
Activities on Marine Mammals and their
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:10 Sep 28, 2022
Jkt 256001
Habitat section of this notice is planned
or (2) the activities as described in the
Specified Activities section of this
notice would not be completed by the
time the IHA expires and a Renewal
would allow for completion of the
activities beyond that described in the
Dates and Duration section of this
notice, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
(1) A request for renewal is received
no later than 60 days prior to expiration
of the current IHA.
(2) The request for renewal must
include the following:
• An explanation that the activities to
be conducted under the requested
Renewal are identical to the activities
analyzed under the initial IHA, are a
subset of the activities, or include
changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile
size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and
monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of
reducing the type or amount of take
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
because only a subset of the initially
analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal).
• A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
• Upon review of the request for
Renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: September 22, 2022.
Kimberly Damon-Randall,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2022–20928 Filed 9–28–22; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\29SEN2.SGM
29SEN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 87, Number 188 (Thursday, September 29, 2022)]
[Notices]
[Pages 59204-59238]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2022-20928]
[[Page 59203]]
Vol. 87
Thursday,
No. 188
September 29, 2022
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Ross Sea,
Antarctica; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 87 , No. 188 / Thursday, September 29, 2022 /
Notices
[[Page 59204]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
[RTID 0648-XC218]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Ross
Sea, Antarctica
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the United States National
Science Foundation (NSF) Office of Polar Programs for authorization to
take marine mammals incidental to a geophysical survey in the Ross Sea,
Antarctica. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental
harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals
during the specified activities. NMFS is also requesting comments on a
possible one-year renewal that could be issued under certain
circumstances and if all requirements are met, as described in Request
for Public Comments at the end of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of
the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be
summarized in the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than October
31, 2022.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments
should be sent to [email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. All comments
received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted
online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All
personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily
submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit
confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected
information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jenna Harlacher, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these
documents, please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of the takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above
are included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment.
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified
in Categorical Exclusion B4 (incidental harassment authorizations with
no anticipated serious injury or mortality) of the Companion Manual for
NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or
cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality
of the human environment and for which we have not identified any
extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical
exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the
issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded
from further NEPA review.
Summary of Request
On May 26, 2022, NMFS received a request from NSF for an IHA to
take marine mammals incidental to conducting a low energy seismic
survey and icebreaking in the Ross Sea. The application was deemed
adequate and complete on July 22, 2022. NSF's request is for take of
small numbers of 17 species of marine mammals by Level B harassment
only. Neither NSF nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to
result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Researchers from Louisiana State University, Texas A&M University,
University of Texas at Austin, University of West Florida, and Dauphin
Island Sea Lab, with funding from NSF, propose to conduct a two-part
low-energy seismic survey from the Research Vessel/Icebreaker (RVIB)
Nathaniel B. Palmer (NBP), in the Ross Sea during Austral Summer 2022-
2023. The two-part proposed survey would include the Ross Bank and the
Drygalski Trough areas. The proposed seismic survey would take place in
International waters of the Southern Ocean, in water depths ranging
from ~150 to 1100 meters (m).
The RVIB Palmer would deploy up to two 105-in\3\ generator injector
(GI) airguns at a depth of 1-4 m with a total maximum discharge volume
for the largest, two-airgun array of 210 in\3\ along predetermined
track lines. During the Ross Bank survey, ~1920km of seismic data would
be collected and
[[Page 59205]]
during the Drygalski Trough survey, ~1800 km of seismic acquisition
would occur, for a total of 3720 line km.
Although the proposed survey will occur in the Austral summer, some
icebreaking activities are expected to be required during the cruise.
The proposed Ross Bank portion of activity is to determine if, how,
when, and why the Ross Ice Shelf unpinned from Ross Bank in the recent
geologic past, to assess to what degree that event caused a re-
organization of ice sheet and ice shelf flow towards its current
configuration. The Drygalski Trough activities are proposed to examine
the gas hydrate contribution to the Ross Sea carbon budget. The
Drygalski Trough activities would examine the warming and carbon
cycling of the ephemeral reservoir of carbon at the extensive bottom
ocean layer-sediment interface of the Ross Sea. This large carbon
reserve appears to be sealed in the form of gas hydrate and is a
thermogenic carbon source and carbon storage in deep sediment hydrates.
The warming and ice melting coupled with high thermogenic gas hydrate
loadings suggest the Ross Sea is an essential environment to determine
contributions of current day and potential future methane, petroleum,
and glacial carbon to shallow sediment and water column carbon cycles.
Dates and Duration
The RVIB Palmer would likely depart from Lyttelton, New Zealand, on
December 18, 2022, and would return to McMurdo Station, Antarctica, on
January 18, 2023, after the program is completed. The cruise is
expected to consist of 31 days at sea, including approximately 19 days
of seismic operations (including 2 days of sea trials and/or
contingency), 1 day of ocean bottom seismometer (OBS) deployment/
recovery, and approximately 11 days of transit. Some deviation in
timing and ports of call could also result from unforeseen events such
as weather or logistical issues.
Specific Geographic Region
The proposed survey would take place in the Ross Sea, Antarctica
(continental shelf between ~75[deg]-77.7[deg] S and 171[deg] E-173[deg]
E and Drygalski Trough between ~74[deg]76.7[deg] S and 163.6[deg] E-
170[deg] E (Figure 1) in International waters of the Southern Ocean in
water depths ranging from approximately 150 to 1100 m. Representative
survey tracklines are shown in Figure 1; however, the actual survey
effort could occur anywhere within the outlined study area as shown.
The line locations for the survey area are preliminary and could be
refined in light of information from data collected during the study
and conditions within the survey area.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN29SE22.000
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 59206]]
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
The procedures to be used for the proposed survey would entail use
of conventional seismic methodology. The survey would involve one
source vessel, RVIB Palmer and the airgun array would be deployed at a
depth of approximately 1-4 m below the surface, spaced approximately
2.4 m apart for the two-gun array. Seismic acquisition is proposed to
begin with a standard sea trial to determine which configuration and
mode of GI airgun(s) provide the best reflection signals, which depends
on sea-state and subsurface conditions. A maximum of two GI airguns
would be used. Four GI configurations (each using one or two GI
airguns) would be tested during the sea trial (Table 1). The largest
volume airgun configuration (configuration 4) was carried forward in
our analysis and used for estimating the take numbers proposed for
authorization.
The RVIB Palmer would deploy two 105 in\3\ GI airguns as an energy
source with a total volume of ~210 in\3\. Seismic pulses would be
emitted at intervals of 5 to 10 seconds from the GI airgun. The
receiving system would consist of one hydrophone streamer, 75 m in
length, with the vessel traveling at 8.3 km/hr (4.5 knots (kn)) to
achieve high-quality seismic reflection data. As the airguns are towed
along the survey lines, the hydrophone streamer would receive the
returning acoustic signals and transfer the data to the on-board
processing system. If sea-ice conditions permit, a multi-channel
digital streamer would be used to improve signal-to-noise ratio by
digital data processing; if ice is present, a single-channel digital
steamer would be employed. When not towing seismic survey gear, the
RVIB Palmer has a maximum speed of 26.9 km/h (14.5 kn), but cruises at
an average speed of 18.7 km/h (10.1 kn). During the Ross Bank survey,
~1920km of seismic data would be collected and during the Drygalski
Trough survey, ~1800 km of seismic acquisition would occur, for a total
of 3720 line km.
During the Drygalski Trough survey, 2 deployments of 10 OBSs would
occur along 2 different seismic refraction lines (see Fig. 1 for
representative lines). Following refraction shooting of one line, OBSs
on that line would be recovered, serviced, and redeployed on a
subsequent refraction line. The spacing of OBSs on the initial
refraction line would be 5 km apart, but OBSs could be deployed as
close together as every 500 m on the subsequent refraction line. All
OBSs would be recovered at the end of the survey. To retrieve the OBSs,
the instrument is released via an acoustic release system to float to
the surface from the wire and/or anchor, which are not retrieved.
Table 1--Four GI Configurations (Each Using One or Two GI Airguns) Would Be Tested During the Sea Trial
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airgun array total volume Frequency between
Configuration (GI configuration) seismic shots Streamer length
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................... 50 in\3\ Harmonic Mode 5-10 seconds........... 75 m.
configured as 25 in\3\
Generator + 25 Injector
in\3\.
2........................... 90 in\3\ Harmonic Mode 5-10 seconds...........
configured as 45 in\3\
Generator + 45 Injector
in\3\.
3........................... 50 in\3\ True-GI Mode 5-10 seconds...........
configured as 45 in\3\
Generator + 105 Injector
in\3\.
4........................... 210 in\3\ Harmonic Mode 5-10 seconds...........
configured as 105 in\3\
Generator + 105 Injector
in\3\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There could be additional seismic operations in the study area
associated with equipment testing, re-acquisition due to reasons such
as, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, data degradation during
poor weather, or interruption due to shut down or track deviation in
compliance with IHA requirements. To account for these additional
seismic operations, 25 percent has been added in the form of
operational days, which is equivalent to adding 25 percent to the
proposed line km to be surveyed.
Along with the airgun and OBS operations, additional acoustical
data acquisition systems and other equipment may be operated during the
seismic survey at any time to meet scientific objectives. The ocean
floor would be mapped with a Multibeam Ecosounder (MBES), Sub-bottom
Profiler (SBP), and/or Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler (ADCP). Data
acquisition in the survey area will occur in water depths ranging from
150 to 700 m. Take of marine mammals is not expected to occur
incidental to use of these other sources, whether or not the airguns
are operating simultaneously with the other sources. Given their
characteristics (e.g., narrow downward-directed beam), marine mammals
would experience no more than one or two brief ping exposures, if any
exposure were to occur. NMFS does not expect that the use of these
sources presents any reasonable potential to cause take of marine
mammals.
(1) Single Beam Echo Sounder (Knudsen 3260)--The hull-mounted
compressed high-intensity radiated pulse (CHIRP) sonar is operated at
12 kilohertz (kHz) for bottom-tracking purposes or at 3.5 kHz in the
sub-bottom profiling mode. The sonar emits energy in a 30[deg] beam
from the bottom of the ship and has a sound level of 224 dB re: 1
[mu]Pa m (rms).
(2) Multibeam Sonar (Kongsberg EM122)--The hull-mounted, multibeam
sonar operates at a frequency of 12 kHz, has an estimated maximum
source energy level of 242 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms), and emits a very narrow
(<2[deg]) beam fore to aft and 150[deg] in cross-track. The multibeam
system emits a series of nine consecutive 15 millisecond (ms) pulses.
(3) Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler (ADCP) (Teledyne RDI VM-
150)--The hull-mounted ADCP operates at a frequency of 150 kHz, with an
estimated acoustic output level at the source of 223.6 dB re 1[mu]Pa
(rms). Sound energy from the ADCP is emitted as a 30[deg], conically
shaped beam.
(4) ADCP (Ocean Surveyor OS-38)--The characteristics of this
backup, hull-mounted ADCP unit are similar to the Teledyne VM-150. The
ADCP operates at a frequency of 150 kHz with an estimated acoustic
output level at the source of 223.6 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms). Sound energy
from the ADCP is emitted as a 30[deg] conically-shaped beam.
(5) EK biological echo sounder (Simrad ES200-7C, ES38B, ES-120-
7C)--This echo sounder is a split-beam transducer with an estimated
acoustic output level at the source of 183-185 dB
[[Page 59207]]
re 1[mu]Pa and emits a 7[deg] beam. It can operate at 38 kHz, 120 kHz
and 200 kHz.
(6) Acoustic Release--To retrieve OBSs, an acoustic release
transponder (pinger) is used to interrogate the instrument at a
frequency of 8-11 kHz, and a response is received at a frequency of 7-
15 kHz. The burn-wire release assembly is then activated, and the
instrument is released to float to the surface from the wire and/or
anchor which are not retrieved.
(7) Oceanographic Sampling--during the Drygalski Trough study, the
researchers would also conduct opportunistic oceanographic sampling as
time and scheduling allows, including conductivity, temperature and
depth (CTD) measurements, box cores, and/or multi-cores.
Icebreaking
Icebreaking activities are expected to be limited during the
proposed survey. The Ross Sea is generally clear of ice January through
February, because of the large Ross Sea Polynya that occurs in front of
the Ross Ice Shelf. Heavy ice conditions would hamper the proposed
activities, as noise from icebreaking degrades the quality of the
geophysical data to be acquired. If the RVIB Palmer would find itself
in heavy ice conditions, it is unlikely that the airgun(s) and streamer
could be towed, as this could damage the equipment and generate noise
interference. The seismic survey could take place in low ice conditions
if the RVIB Palmer were able to generate an open path behind the
vessel. The RVIB Palmer is not rated for breaking multi-year ice and
generally avoids transiting through ice two years or older and more
than 1 m thick. If sea ice were to be encountered during the survey,
the RVIB Palmer would likely proceed through one-year sea ice, and new,
thin ice, but would follow leads wherever possible. Any time spent
icebreaking would take away time from the proposed research activities,
as the vessel would travel slower in ice-covered seas. Based on
estimated transit to the survey area, it is estimated that the RVIB
Palmer would break ice up to a distance of 500 km. Based on a ship
speed of 5 kn under moderate ice conditions, this distance represents
approximately 54 hours of icebreaking (or 2.2 days). Transit through
areas of primarily open water containing brash ice or pancake ice is
not considered icebreaking for the purposes of this assessment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species.
Additional information about these species (e.g., physical and
behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS's website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
The populations of marine mammals considered in this document do
not occur within the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) and are
therefore not assigned to stocks and are not assessed in NMFS' Stock
Assessment Reports (SAR). As such, information on potential biological
removal (PBR; defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum
sustainable population) and on annual levels of serious injury and
mortality from anthropogenic sources are not available for these marine
mammal populations. Abundance estimates for marine mammals in the
survey location are lacking; therefore estimates of abundance presented
here are based on a variety of other sources including International
Whaling Commission (IWC) population estimates, the International Union
for Conservation of Nature's (IUCN) Red List of Threatened Species, and
various literature estimates (see IHA application for further detail),
as this is considered the best available information on potential
abundance of marine mammals in the area.
Seventeen species of marine mammals could occur in the Ross Sea,
including 5 mysticetes (baleen whales), 7 odontocetes (toothed whales)
and 5 pinniped species (Table 2). Another seven species occur in the
Sub-Antarctic but are unlikely to be encountered in the proposed survey
areas, as they generally occur farther to the north than the project
area. These species are not discussed further here but include: the
southern right whale (Eubalaena australis), common (dwarf) minke whale
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), Cuvier's beaked (Ziphius cavirostris),
Gray's beaked (Mesoplodon grayi), Hector's beaked (Mesoplodon hectori),
and spade-toothed beaked (Mesoplodon traversii) whales, southern right
whale dolphin (Lissodelphis peronii), and spectacled porpoise (Phocoena
dioptrica). Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for
occurrence in the Ross Sea, Antarctica, and summarizes information
related to the population, including regulatory status under the MMPA
and ESA.
Table 2--Marine Mammal Species Potentially Present in the Project Area Expected To Be Affected by the Specified
Activities
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESA/MMPA
status;
Common name Scientific name Stock\1\ strategic (Y/ Stock abundance
N) \2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue whale................. Balaenoptera N/A E/D;Y 10,000-25,000.\5\
musculus. 1,700.\7\
Fin whale.................. Balaenoptera N/A E/D;Y 140,000.\5\
physalus. 38,200.\ 6\
Humpback whale............. Megaptera N/A .............. 90,000.-100,000.\5\
novaeangliae. 80,000.\10\
42,000.\11\
Antarctic minke whale\6\... Balaenoptera N/A .............. Several 100,000 \5\
bonaerensis. 515,000.\9\
[[Page 59208]]
Sei whale.................. Balaenoptera N/A E 70,000.\8\
borealis.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Physeteridae:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale................ Physeter N/A E 360,000.\12\
macrocephalus. 12,069.\13\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Ziphiidae (beaked whales):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arnoux's beaked whale...... Berardius arnuxii. N/A .............. 599,300.\14\
Strap-toothed beaked whale. Mesoplodon grayi.. N/A .............. 599,300.\14\
Southern bottlenose whale.. Hyperoodon N/A .............. 599,300.\14\
planifrons.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale............... Orcinus orca...... N/A .............. 50,000 \16\
25,000.\17\
Long-finned pilot whale.... Globicephala N/A .............. 200,000.\15\
macrorhynchus.
Hourglass dolphin.......... Lagenorhynchus NA .............. 144,300.\15\
cruciger.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Crabeater seal............. Lobodon N/A .............. 5-10 million \18\
carcinophaga. 1.7 million.\19\
Leopard seal............... Hydrurga leptonyx. N/A .............. 222,000-440,00.\5\ \20\
Southern elephant seal..... Mirounga leonina.. N/A .............. 750,000.\23\
Ross seal.................. Ommatophoca rossii N/A .............. 250,000.\22\
Weddell seal............... Leptonychotes N/A .............. 1 million.\5\ \21\
weddellii.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N.A. = data not available.
\1\ Occurrence in area at the time of the proposed activities; based on professional opinion and available data.
\2\ U.S. Endangered Species Act: EN = endangered, NL = not listed.
\5\ Worldwide (Jefferson et al., 2015).
\6\ Antarctic (Aguilar and Garc[iacute]a-Vernet 2018).
\7\ Antarctic (Branch et al., 2007).
\8\ Southern Hemisphere (Horwood 2018).
\9\ Southern Hemisphere (IWC 2020).
\10\ Southern Hemisphere (Clapham 2018).
\11\ Antarctic feeding area (IWC 2020).
\12\ Worldwide (Whitehead 2002).
\13\ Antarctic south of 60[deg] S (Whitehead 2002).
\14\ All beaked whales south of the Antarctic Convergence; mostly southern bottlenose whales (Kasamatsu and
Joyce 1995).
\15\ Kasamatsu and Joyce (1995).
\16\ Worldwide (Forney and Wade 2006).
\17\ Minimum estimate for Southern Ocean (Branch and Butterworth 2001).
\18\ Worldwide (Bengtson and Stewart 2018).
\19\ Ross and Amundsen seas (Bengtson et al., 2011).
\20\ Rogers et al., 2018.
\21\ H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a.
\22\ Worldwide (Curtis et al., 2011 in H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018b).
\23\ Total world population (Hindell et al., 2016).
All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey
areas are included in Table 2. As described below, all 17 species
temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the degree that
take is reasonably likely to occur, and we have proposed authorizing
it.
We have reviewed NSF's species descriptions, including life history
information, distribution, regional distribution, diving behavior, and
acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and completeness. We refer the
reader to Section 4 of NSF's IHA application for a complete description
of the species, and offer a brief introduction to the species here, as
well as information regarding population trends and threats, and
describe information regarding local occurrence.
Mysticetes
Blue Whale
The blue whale has a cosmopolitan distribution, but tends to be
mostly pelagic, only occurring nearshore to feed and possibly breed
(Jefferson et al., 2015). It is most often found in cool, productive
waters where upwelling occurs (Reilly and Thayer 1990). The
distribution of the species, at least during times of the year when
feeding is a major activity, occurs in areas that provide large
seasonal concentrations of euphausiids (Yochem and Leatherwood 1985).
Seamounts and other deep ocean structures may be important habitat for
blue whales (Lesage et al., 2016).
[[Page 59209]]
Generally, blue whales are seasonal migrants between high latitudes in
summer, where they feed, and low latitudes in winter, where they mate
and give birth (Lockyer and Brown 1981).
Historically, blue whales were most abundant in the Southern Ocean.
Although, the population structure of the Antarctic blue whale
(Balaenoptera musculus intermedia) in the Southern Ocean is not well
understood, there is evidence of discrete feeding stocks (Sears &
Perrin 2018). Cooke (2018) explains that ``there are no complete
estimates of recent or current abundance for the other regions, but
plausible total numbers would be 1,000-3,000 in the North Atlantic,
3,000-5,000 in the North Pacific, and possibly 1,000-3,000 in the
eastern South Pacific. The number of Pygmy Blue whales is very
uncertain but may be in the range 2,000-5,000. Taken together with a
range of 5,000-8,000 in the Antarctic, the global population size in
2018 is plausibly in the range 10,000-25,000 total or 5,000-15,000
mature, compared with a 1926 global population of at least 140,000
mature.'' Blue whales begin migrating north out of the Antarctic to
winter breeding grounds earlier than fin and sei whales.
The Antarctic blue whale is typically found south of 55[deg] S
during summer, although some individuals do not migrate (Branch et al.,
2007a). The blue whale is considered to be rare in the Southern Ocean;
up to 360,000 blue whales were harvested in the Southern Hemisphere in
the early 20th century (Sears and Perrin 2018). Ainley (2010) noted
that they were extirpated from the Ross Sea shelf break front in the
1920s. Smith et al. (2012) estimated that 30 blue whales may occur in
the Ross Sea. Several sighting records were reported for the northern
Ross Sea between 1978 and 2005 (Kasamatsu et al., 1990; Nishiwaki et
al., 1997; Matsuoka et al., 2006; Ainley et al., 2010) as well as
during a 2008 survey (Baird and Mormede 2014). Acoustic detections were
also made in the northeastern Ross Sea between 1996 to 2010 (Shabangu
et al., 2018). Eight groups of 24 individuals were seen north of the
Ross Sea during summer surveys in 2002-2003 (Ensor et al., 2003). No
blue whales were seen during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross
Sea in January-February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Fin Whale
The fin whale is widely distributed in all the world's oceans
(Gambell 1985), although it is most abundant in temperate and cold
waters (Aguilar and Garc[iacute]a-Vernet 2018). Nonetheless, its
overall range and distribution is not well known (Jefferson et al.,
2015). Fin whales most commonly occur offshore, but can also be found
in coastal areas (Jefferson et al., 2015). Most populations migrate
seasonally between temperate waters where mating and calving occur in
winter, and polar waters where feeding occurs in the summer; they are
known to use the shelf edge as a migration route (Evans 1987). The
northern and southern fin whale populations likely do not interact
owing to their alternate seasonal migration; the resulting genetic
isolation has led to the recognition of two subspecies, B. physalus
quoyi and B. p. physalus in the Southern and Northern hemispheres,
respectively (Anguilar and Garc[iacute]a-Vernet 2018).
They likely migrate beyond 60[deg] S during the early to mid-
austral summer, arriving at southern feeding grounds after blue whales.
Overall, fin whale density tends to be higher outside the continental
slope than inside it. During the austral summer, the distribution of
fin whales ranges from 40[deg] S-60[deg] S in the southern Indian and
South Atlantic oceans and 50[deg] S-65[deg] S in the South Pacific.
Aguilar and Garc[iacute]a-Vernet (2018) found abundance estimates
resulted in 38,200 individuals in the Antarctic south of 307[deg] S.
Based on Edwards et al. (2015), densities in the Southern Ocean
south of 60[deg] S (including the northern part of the Ross Sea) are
highest during December-February, with non-zero densities <0.003
whales/km\2\. Pinkerton et al. (2010) assumed that ~200 fin whales use
the Ross Sea during summer. Fin whale sightings have been reported for
the Ross Sea by several authors (Nishiwaki et al., 1997; Matsuoka et
al., 2006; Ainley et al., 2010; Baird and Mormede 2014; MacDiarmid and
Stewart 2015). During an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January through February 2015, 13 sightings totaling 34 fin whales were
made, including within the proposed survey area (RPS 2015a). Ensor et
al. (2003) reported sightings north of the Ross Sea during summer
surveys in 2002-2003.
Humpback Whale
The humpback whale is found in all ocean basins (Clapham 2018).
Based on genetic data, there could be three subspecies, occurring in
the North Pacific, North Atlantic, and Southern Hemisphere (Jackson et
al., 2014). The humpback whale is highly migratory, undertaking one of
the world's longest mammalian migrations by traveling between mid- to
high-latitude waters where it feeds during spring to fall and low-
latitude wintering grounds over shallow banks, where it mates and
calves (Winn and Reichley 1985; Bettridge et al., 2015). Although
considered to be mainly a coastal species, it often traverses deep
pelagic areas while migrating (Baker et al., 1998; Garrigue et al.,
2002; Zerbini et al., 2011).
In the Southern Hemisphere, humpback whales migrate annually from
summer foraging areas in the Antarctic to breeding grounds in tropical
seas (Clapham 2018). The IWC recognizes seven breeding populations in
the Southern Hemisphere that are linked to six foraging areas in the
Antarctic (Bettridge et al., 2015; Clapham 2018). Humpbacks that occur
in the western Ross Sea (west of 170[deg] W) are part of the Area V
feeding stock (Schmitt et al., 2014); these individuals are from the
Oceania DPS that breeds in French Polynesia, Cook Islands, and Tonga,
and from the East Australia DPS (Schmitt et al., 2014; Bettridge et
al., 2015).
Humpback densities are high north of the Ross Sea (Branch 2011;
Matsuoka and Hakamada 2020), but not within it (Ropert-Coudert et al.,
2014). Pinkerton et al. (2010) estimated that <5 percent (150
individuals) of the Southern Ocean population occurs in the Ross Sea in
the austral summer. Humpback whales were seen in the northern Ross Sea
during surveys conducted between 1987 and 2009 (Baird and Mormede 2014;
MacDiarmid and Stewart 2015). However, none were seen in the Ross Sea
during the International Whaling Commission-Southern Ocean Whale and
Ecosystem Research (IDCR/SOWER) surveys from 1978/79 to 2004/05 (Branch
2011). During an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January-
February 2015, two sightings totaling six individuals were made east of
the proposed survey areas (RPS 2015a). Acoustic detections were also
made in the northeastern Ross Sea between 1996 to 2010 (Shabangu et
al., 2018). Ensor et al. (2003) reported numerous humpback sightings
and acoustic detections north of the Ross Sea during summer surveys in
2002-2003.
Antarctic Minke Whale
The Antarctic minke whale has a circumpolar distribution in coastal
and offshore areas of the Southern Hemisphere from ~7 degrees S to the
ice edge (Jefferson et al., 2015). It is found between 60[deg] S and
the ice edge during the austral summer; in the austral winter, it is
mainly found at mid-latitude breeding grounds, including off western
South Africa and northeastern Brazil, where it is primarily oceanic,
[[Page 59210]]
occurring beyond the shelf break (Perrin et al., 2018). Antarctic minke
whale densities are highest near pack ice edges, although they are also
found amongst pack ice (Ainley et al., 2012; Williams et al., 2014),
where they feed almost entirely on krill (Tamura and Konishi 2009).
Murase et al. (2006, 2007) found that minke whale distribution was
related to krill density in the Ross Sea, with the greatest number of
pods in areas with a krill density of 1 g/m\2\.
Minke whales were harvested heavily in the Southern Ocean during
the 1970s and 1980s, with >13,000 harvested in the early 1980s; but the
hunt ceased in 1986 under an IWC moratorium (Ainley 2002). However,
Japanese whaling continued under scientific permit taking hundreds of
minke whales in the Ross Sea since the late 1980s (Ainley 2002). During
Japanese sighting surveys from 1976-1988, high encounter rates occurred
in the Ross Sea (Kasamatsu et al., 1996), where minke whales are known
to form feeding aggregations (Kasamatsu et al., 1998). Saino and
Guglielmo (2002) reported a mean density of 0.13 whales/km\2\ in the
western Ross Sea. The minke whale is the most abundant species
occupying the shelf waters in the Ross Sea (Waterhouse 2001; Smith et
al., 2007). Approximately six percent of Antarctic minke whales occur
in the Ross Sea (Ainley et a,l. 2010; Smith et al., 2012). The Ross Sea
population was estimated at 14,300 by Ainley (2002) and 87,643
individuals by Matsuoka et al., (2009).
Ainley et al. (2017) reported that minke whales started to arrive
in the southwestern Ross Sea in mid-November, with decreasing ice
conditions. Ainley et al. (2010, 2012) and Ballard et al. (2012)
reported sightings around the northwestern and northeastern periphery
of the proposed Ross Bank survey area and within the Drygalski Trough
survey area. Although minke whales have a high likelihood of occurrence
in the Ross Sea (e.g., Ainley et al., 2012; Ropert-Coudert et al.,
2014), habitat suitability for the proposed survey area in summer was
modeled as relatively low (Ballard et al., 2012). However, minke whales
were seen in the Ross Sea during surveys conducted between 1978 and
2009, including within the proposed survey area (Kasamatsu et al.,
1990; Baird and Mormede 2014; MacDiarmid and Stewart 2015). They were
also detected acoustically in the Ross Sea in 2004 (Dolman et al.,
2005). Minke whales were seen feeding (presumable on fish) in the
southwestern Ross Sea (Lauriano et al., 2007). During an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January-February 2015, 224 sightings
totaling 1023 minke whales were made, including within the proposed
survey area and in McMurdo Sound (RPS 2015a). Ensor et al. (2003)
reported numerous sightings north of the Ross Sea during summer surveys
in 2002-2003.
Sei Whale
The sei whale occurs in all ocean basins (Horwood 2018),
predominantly inhabiting deep waters throughout their range (Acevedo et
al., 2017a). It undertakes seasonal migrations to feed in sub-polar
latitudes during summer, returning to lower latitudes during winter to
calve (Horwood 2018). Recent observation records indicate that the sei
whale may utilize the Vit[oacute]ria-Trindade Chain off Brazil as
calving grounds (Heissler et al., 2016). In the Southern Hemisphere,
sei whales typically concentrate between the Subtropical and Antarctic
convergences during the summer (Horwood 2018) between 40[deg] S and
50[deg] S, with larger, older whales typically travelling into the
northern Antarctic zone while smaller, younger individuals remain in
the lower latitudes (Acevedo et al., 2017a). Pinkerton et al. (2010)
assumed that approximately 100 animals may occur in the Ross Sea. Ensor
et al. (2003) reported no sightings south of 54[deg] S during a summer
survey of the Southern Ocean in 2002-2003. No sei whales were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January-February
2015 (RPS 2015a).
Odontocetes
Sperm Whale
The sperm whale is widely distributed, occurring from the edge of
the polar pack ice to the Equator in both hemispheres, with the sexes
occupying different distributions (Whitehead 2018). In general, it is
distributed over large temperate and tropical areas that have high
secondary productivity and steep underwater topography, such as
volcanic islands (Jaquet and Whitehead 1996). Its distribution and
relative abundance can vary in response to prey availability, most
notably squid (Jaquet and Gendron 2002). Females generally inhabit
waters greater than 1,000 m deep at latitudes less than 40[deg] where
sea surface temperatures are less than 15 [deg]C; adult males move to
higher latitudes as they grow older and larger in size, returning to
warm-water breeding grounds according to an unknown schedule (Whitehead
2018).
Few sperm whales are thought to occur in the Ross Sea (Smith et
al., 2012), although Pinkerton et al. (2010) assumed that 800 sperm
whales could be using the Ross Sea. Sperm whales generally do not occur
south of approximately 73-74[deg] S in the Ross Sea (Matsuoka et al.,
1998; Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). Nonetheless, sperm whales have been
reported there by several authors (Kasamatsu et al., 1990; Baird and
Mormede 2014). Ensor et al. (2003) reported numerous sightings and
acoustic detections north of the Ross Sea during summer surveys in
2002-2003. No sperm whales were seen during an NSF-funded seismic
survey in the Ross Sea in January through February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Arnoux's Beaked Whale
Arnoux's beaked whale is distributed in deep, cold, temperate, and
subpolar waters of the Southern Hemisphere, occurring between 24[deg] S
and Antarctica (Thewissen 2018), as far south as the Ross Sea at
approximately 78[deg] S (Perrin et al,. 2009). Most records exist for
southeastern South America, Falkland Islands, Antarctic Peninsula,
South Africa, New Zealand, and southern Australia (MacLeod et al.,
2006; Jefferson et al., 2015).
Ainley et al. (2010) and Van Waerebeek et al. (2010), and Ropert-
Coudert et al. (2014) reported their occurrence in the Ross Sea.
Lauriano et al. (2011) reported two sightings of single individuals in
Terra Nova Bay, western Ross Sea, during summer 2004 surveys. There may
be 50 (Pinkerton et al., 2010) to 150 (Smith et al., 2012) Arnoux's
beaked whales in the Ross Sea. No Arnoux's beaked whales were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Southern Bottlenose Whale
The southern bottlenose whale is found throughout the Southern
Hemisphere from 30[deg] S to the ice edge, with most sightings reported
between approximately 57[deg] S and 70[deg] S (Jefferson et al., 2015;
Moors-Murphy 2018). Several sighting and stranding records exist for
southeastern South America, Falkland Islands, South Georgia Island,
southeastern Brazil, Argentina, South Africa, and numerous sightings
have been reported for the Southern Ocean (Findlay et al., 1992;
MacLeod et al. 2006; Riccialdelli et al., 2017). The population size of
southern bottlenose whales in the Ross Sea was assumed to be 500 by
Pinkerton et al. (2010). Ropert-Coudert et al. (2014) reported their
occurrence in the Ross Sea, and Kasamatsu et al. (1990) reported
sightings between 1978 and 1988. Southern bottlenose whales were also
sighted in the northern Ross Sea and
[[Page 59211]]
north of there during surveys of the Southern Ocean by Van Waerebeek et
al. (2010). Several unidentified beaked whales have also been reported
in the Ross Sea, including in the Ross Bank survey area and near the
Drygalski Trough survey area (Baird and Mormede 2014; MacDiarmid and
Stewart 2015; Matsuoka and Hakamada 2020). Ensor et al. (2003) and
Matsuoka and Hakamada (2020) reported numerous sightings of southern
bottlenose whales north of the Ross Sea. No bottlenose whales were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January-February
2015 (RPS 2015a).
Strap-Toothed Beaked Whale
The strap-toothed beaked whale is thought to have a circumpolar
distribution in temperate and subantarctic waters of the Southern
Hemisphere, mostly between 32[deg] and 63[deg] S (MacLeod et al., 2006;
Jefferson et al., 2015). It is likely quite common in the Southern
Ocean (Pitman 2018). It may undertake limited migration to warmer
waters during the austral winter (Pitman 2018). Strap-toothed beaked
whales are thought to migrate northward from Antarctic and subantarctic
latitudes during April-September (Sekiguchi et al,. 1995). One group of
three strap-toothed beaked whales was seen north of the Ross Sea, north
of 65[deg] S, during a 2002 through 2003 summer survey (Ensor et al.,
2003). No strap-toothed beaked whales were seen during an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through February 2015 (RPS
2015a).
Killer Whale
The killer whale is cosmopolitan and globally abundant; it has been
observed in all oceans of the world (Ford 2018). It is very common in
temperate waters but also occurs in tropical waters (Heyning and
Dahlheim 1988) and inhabits coastal and offshore regions (Budylenko
1981). Mikhalev et al. (1981) noted that it appears to migrate from
warmer waters during the winter to higher latitudes during the summer.
In the Antarctic, it commonly occurs up to the pack ice edge but may
also find its way into ice-covered water (Ford 2018).
There are three ecotypes that occur in Antarctic waters: type A
hunts marine mammals in open water, mainly seeking minke whales, type B
hunt seals in loose pack ice, and type C feeds on fish in dense pack
ice (Pitman and Ensor 2003); these types are likely different species
(Morin et al., 2010; Pitman et al., 2017). Type D occurs in
subantarctic waters and is also likely a separate species (Pitman et
al., 2011). Type B travels widely to hunt its prey, whereas type C is
more resident (Andrews et al., 2008). In fact, type Cs (Ross Sea killer
whales) appear to have resident and transient groups in the Ross Sea
(e.g., Ainley et al., 2017). In the Ross Sea, abundance has been
estimated at 7500 individuals (Smith et al., 2007). Ainley et al.
(2010) and Smith et al. (2012) estimated that approximately 50 percent
of Ross Sea killer whales use the Ross Sea during summer foraging.
Smith et al. (2012) reported 3350 type C killer whales and 70 type A/B
killer whales in the Ross Sea. Pitman et al. (2017) reported only two
ecotypes in the Ross Sea (types B and C), but Ainley et al. (2010)
noted that type A could occur along the slope.
Ainley et al. (2017) reported that type C and B killer whales start
to arrive in the southwestern Ross Sea in mid-November, with decreasing
ice conditions, with type Bs arriving earlier than type Cs. Type C
killer whales have been seen feeding (presumable on fish) in the
southwestern Ross Sea (Lauriano et al., 2007), and type B and C killer
whales were reported during summer 2004 surveys in Terra Nova Bay,
western Ross Sea (Lauriano et al., 2011). Eisert et al. (2014) reported
Type C and B in McMurdo Sound. Type C killer whales have also been
detected acoustically in McMurdo Sound (Wellard et al., 2020). During
an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015, 14 sightings totaling 254 killer whales were made,
including within the survey area and in McMurdo Sound (RPS 2015a).
Saino and Guglielmo (2002) reported a mean density of 0.05 whales/km\2\
in the western Ross Sea. However, numbers of type C killer whales have
apparently decreased in the southwestern Ross Sea, because of changes
in prey distribution (Antarctic toothfish) likely brought on by fishing
pressures (Ainley et al., 2009; Ainley and Ballard 2012). However,
Pitman et al. (2018) suggested that the presence of a mega-iceberg at
Ross Island may have also impeded killer whale movement, thereby
affecting the population size; they estimated a population size of 470
distinct individuals in McMurdo Sound. Type B killer whale numbers have
not changed in the southern Ross Sea, where they hunt Weddell seals and
emperor penguins (Ainley and Ballard 2012).
Type C killer whale appears to favor the Ross Sea shelf and slope
(Ballard et al., 2012). Sightings of type C killer whales within and
west of the proposed study area have been reported during summer
(Andrews et al., 2008; Ballard et al., 2012). The habitat suitability
for the proposed survey area in summer for type C killer whales was
modeled as relatively high, whereas it was lower for the Drygalski
Trough survey area (Ballard et al., 2012). Andrew et al. (2008)
documented movement of a tagged type B killer whale to the west of the
proposed study area. Aubrey et al. (1982) reported sightings of killer
whales in the Ross Sea off Cape Adare and over Pennell Banks, and noted
that killer whales were abundant off Ross Island. Killer whales were
also reported in the Ross Sea by several other authors (e.g., Kasamatsu
et al., 1990; Van Dam and Kooyman 2004; Van Waerebeek et al., 2010;
Baird and Mormede 2014; Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). Acoustic
detections were also made in the northeastern Ross Sea between 1996 to
2010 (Shabangu et al., 2018). Ensor et al. (2003) reported numerous
sightings and acoustic detections north of the Ross Sea during summer
surveys in 2002-2003.
Long-Finned Pilot Whales
The long-finned pilot whale is distributed antitropically in cold
temperate waters, including the Southern Ocean, whereas the short-
finned pilot whale is found in tropical and warm temperate waters
(Olson 2018). The ranges of the two species show little overlap (Olson
2018). Long-finned pilot whales are geographically isolated and
separated into two subspecies, G. melas melas and G. melas edwardii in
the Northern and Southern hemispheres, respectively (Olson 2018). In
the Southern Hemisphere, their range extends to the Antarctic
Convergence and sometimes as far south as 68[deg] S (Jefferson et al.,
2015). Although generally not seen south of 68[deg] S, long-finned
pilot whales were reported in the Ross Sea during observations from
longliners between 1997 and 2009 (Baird and Mormede 2014). During
summer surveys in 2002-2003, several sightings were made north of the
Ross Sea (Ensor et al., 2003). They were also reported north of the
Ross Sea during surveys by Van Waerebeek et al. (2010). No pilot whales
were seen during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January-February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Hourglass Dolphin
The hourglass dolphin occurs in the Southern Ocean, with most
sightings between approximately 45[deg] S and 60[deg] S (Cipriano
2018). However, some sightings have been made as far north as 33[deg] S
(Jefferson et al., 2015). Hourglass dolphins were sighted near 45[deg]
S, north of the Ross Sea, during surveys of the Southern Ocean (Van
Waerebeek et al.,
[[Page 59212]]
2010). Although it is pelagic, it is also sighted near banks and
islands (Cipriano 2018). Ensor et al. (2003) reported numerous
sightings of hourglass dolphins north of the Ross Sea, north of 65[deg]
S, during a summer survey in 2002-2003. No hourglass dolphins were seen
during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Phocids
Crabeater Seal
The crabeater seal has a circumpolar distribution off Antarctica
and is the most abundant seal in the region, sometimes congregating in
the hundreds (Bengtson and Stewart 2018). It generally spends the
entire year in the advancing and retreating pack ice (Bengtson and
Stewart 2018). However, outside of the breeding season, crabeater seals
spend ~14 percent of their time in open water (reviewed in Southwell et
al., 2012); they mainly forage on krill. During the breeding season,
crabeater seals are most likely to be present within 5[deg] or less
(~550 km) of the shelf break; non-breeding animals range farther north
(Southwell et al., 2012). Pupping season peaks in mid- to late-October,
and adults are observed with their pups as late as mid-December
(Bengtson and Stewart 2018).
Crabeater seals are most common in the pack ice of the northern
Ross Sea (Waterhouse 2001). A population of approximately 204,000 has
been estimated for the Ross Sea (Waterhouse 2001; Ainley 2002, 2010;
Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve 2010; Smith et al., 2012). Crabeater
seals have been reported for the Ross Sea by several authors (Stirling
1969; Van Dam and Kooyman 2004; Bester and Stewart 2006; Baird and
Mormede 2014; Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). Crabeater seals have been
sighted within the proposed survey area (e.g., Saino and Guglielmo
2000; Ainley et al., 2010; Ballard et al., 2012), with greater habitat
suitability in summer in the Drygalski Trough survey area than in the
Ross Bank survey area (Ballard et al., 2012). Similarly, Bengtson et
al. (2011) reported relatively low densities in the Ross Bank area and
higher densities in the Drygalski Trough area. Saino and Guglielmo
(2002) showed increasing densities with increasing pack ice and
distance from shore, with a mean density of 0.49 seals/km\2\, in the
western Ross Sea. In contrast, Bengtson et al. (2011) reported the
highest density (1.3 seals/km\2\) on the shelf at distances up to 200
km from the ice edge during surveys of the Ross and Amundsen seas;
densities in the proposed survey area were estimated to be low. During
an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015, 9 sightings of 14 individuals were made (RPS 2015a).
Leopard Seal
The leopard seal has a circumpolar distribution around the
Antarctic continent where it is solitary and widely dispersed at low
densities (Rogers 2018). It primarily occurs in pack ice, but when the
sea ice extent is reduced, it can be found in coastal habitats (Meade
et al., 2015). Leopard seals are top predators, consuming everything
from krill and fish to penguins and other seals (e.g., Hall-Aspland and
Rogers 2004). Pups are born during October to mid-November and weaned
~one month later (Rogers 2018). Mating occurs in the water during
December and January. A population of ~8000 is thought to occur in the
Ross Sea (Waterhouse 2001; Ainley 2002, 2010; Pinkerton and Bradford-
Grieve 2010; Smith et al., 2012). Bengtson et al. (2011) reported an
abundance of 15,000 leopard seals for the Ross and Amundsen seas.
Densities were highest (0.024 seals/km\2\) in water <3000 m deep and
<100 km from the ice edge; very low densities were estimated for the
southern portion of the Ross Bank survey area, with low densities in
the rest of the survey area and in the Drygalski Trough survey area
(Bengtson et al., 2011). Leopard seals have been documented to take
Ad[eacute]lie penguins at several colonies in the Ross Sea, including
Cape Crozier (south of the proposed survey areas), and in McMurdo Sound
(Ainley et al., 2005). Leopard seals have been reported within and near
the Drygalski Trough survey area, no sightings have been reported
within the Ross Bank survey area (Stirling 1969; Ackley et al., 2003;
Van Dam and Kooyman 2004; Bester and Stewart 2006; Ainley et al., 2010;
Baird and Mormede 2014; Ropert-Coudert et al., 2014). No leopard seals
were sighted during an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in
January-February 2015 (RPS 2015a).
Southern Elephant Seal
The southern elephant seal has a near circumpolar distribution in
the Southern Hemisphere (Jefferson et al., 2015), with breeding sites
located on islands throughout the subantarctic (Hindell 2018). Breeding
colonies are generally island-based, with the occasional exception of
the Antarctic mainland (Hindell 2018).
When not breeding (September-October) or molting (November-April),
southern elephant seals range throughout the Southern Ocean from areas
north of the Antarctic Polar Front to the pack ice of the Antarctic,
spending >80 percent of their time at sea each year, up to 90 percent
of which is spent submerged while hunting, travelling, and resting in
water depths >=200 m (Hindell 2018). Males generally feed in
continental shelf waters, while females preferentially feed in ice-free
Antarctic Polar Front waters or the marginal ice zone in accordance
with winter ice expansion (Hindell 2018). Southern elephant seals
tagged at South Georgia showed long-range movements from ~April through
October into the open Southern Ocean and to the shelf of the Antarctic
Peninsula (McConnell and Fedak 1996). Their occurrence in the Ross Sea
is rare and only during the summer (Waterhouse 2001; Pinkerton and
Bradford-Grieve 2010). The population size in the Ross Sea is estimated
to number <100 individuals (Ainley 2010; Smith et al., 2012). Ropert-
Coudert et al. (2014) reported one record in the Ross Sea, in McMurdo
Sound. No southern elephant seals were seen during an NSF-funded
seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January-February 2015 (RPS 2015a)
Ross Seal
Ross seals are considered the rarest of all Antarctic seals; they
are the least documented because they are infrequently observed. Ross
seals have a circumpolar Antarctic distribution. They are pelagic
through most of the year.
The population in the Ross Sea may number 500 (Smith et al,. 2012)
to 5000 individuals (Waterhouse 2001; Ainley 2010; Pinkerton and
Bradford-Grieve 2010). According to surveys by Bester et al. (2006),
Ross seals are relatively abundant in the Ross Sea. Based on surveys of
the Ross and Amundsen seas, Bengtson et al. (2011) estimated an
abundance of 22,600, with the highest density (0.032 seals/km\2\) in
deep water (greater than 3000 m) within 200 km from the ice edge; low
densities were estimated for the proposed survey area. Ross seals were
seen in the western (Stirling 1969) and eastern Ross Sea during surveys
(Stirling 1969; Ackley et al., 2003; Bester and Stewart 2006). During
an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015, two sightings of single Ross seals were made to the east
of the proposed survey area (RPS 2015a).
Weddell Seal
The Weddell seal is the second most abundant species of Antarctic
seal (H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a). It occurs in the fast
[[Page 59213]]
and pack ice around all of Antarctica, as well as on land along the
coast, but is rarely found in ice-free water (H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt
2018a). It occurs on the Ross Sea shelf and slope (Ballard et al.,
21012). It is the most southerly breeding mammal in the world,
occurring as far south as the RIS (H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a). Unlike
other Antarctic ice seals, Weddell seals form colonies (Cameron et al.,
2007). There are numerous pupping locations throughout the western Ross
Sea, including around Ross Island (Ainley et al., 2010). Juveniles tend
to disperse widely, resulting in genetic diversity in the population
(H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a). Seals outfitted with tags in the western
Ross Sea were documented to disperse hundreds of kilometers, making
their way into the proposed survey areas (Ainley et al., 2010; Goetz
2015). However, some small colonies have been isolated from open water
by ice sheets and therefore show inbreeding depression (Gelatt et al.,
2010). Weddell seals primarily feed on fish. Pups are born from October
through November and are weaned after ~six to eight weeks
(H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a). Paterson et al. (2015) suggested that the
timing of reproduction by Weddell seals in Erebus Bay, McMurdo Sound,
is coupled with periods of high productivity in Ross Bay. After the
breeding season, the ice breaks down and seals disperse into the sea to
forage for one to two months and return to ice or land to molt in
January and February (H[uuml]ckst[auml]dt 2018a).
Ainley et al. (2010) estimated that 50 to 72 percent of the South
Pacific sector of Weddell seals occur in the Ross Sea. The population
in the Ross Sea has been estimated between 32,000 and 50,000
individuals (e.g., Ainley 2002, 2010; Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve
2010; Smith et al., 2012). Bengtson et al. (2011) estimated the
population in the Ross and Amundsen seas at 330,000 seals. The highest
densities (up to 0.173 seals/km\2\) were observed in water less than
3000 m deep; densities in the proposed survey area were estimated to be
lower (Bengtson et al., 2011). Populations at McMurdo Sound were
permanently reduced by sealing in the 20th century (Ainley 2010).
Sightings within the Ross Sea, including within and near the proposed
survey area, have been reported by several sources (Stirling 1969;
Saino and Guglielmo 2002; Ackley et al., 2003; Van Dam and Kooyman
2004; Bester and Stewart 2006; Ainley et al., 2010; Ropert-Coudert et
al., 2014; Baird and Mormede 2014). Ballard et al. (2012) relatively
low habitat suitability for Weddell seals in the majority of the Ross
Bank survey area, with higher suitability in the eastern portion of the
Ross Bank survey area and within the Drygalski Trough survey area.
During an NSF-funded seismic survey in the Ross Sea in January through
February 2015, 17 sightings of Weddell seals were made, including
within the proposed survey area (RPS 2015a).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al., (2007) recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or
estimated hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response
data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in Table 3.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups (NMFS, 2018)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
(baleen whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
(dolphins, toothed whales, beaked
whales, bottlenose whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus
cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
(true seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
(sea lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth & Holt,
2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
[[Page 59214]]
Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this
proposal in as much as the information is relevant to the specified
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later in this document.
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths
than lower frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more
rapidly, except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the
height of the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is
typically described using the relative unit of the dB. A sound pressure
level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure
and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is one microPascal
([mu]Pa)) and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations
in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to
large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL) represents the
SPL referenced at a distance of one m from the source (referenced to
one [mu]Pa) while the received level is the SPL at the listener's
position (referenced to one [mu]Pa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick 1983). Root mean square accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings & Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s)
represents the total energy contained within a pulse and considers both
intensity and duration of exposure. Peak sound pressure (also referred
to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum instantaneous
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the
source and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure.
Another common metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure (pk-pk), which is
the algebraic difference between the peak positive and peak negative
sound pressures. Peak-to-peak pressure is typically approximately six
dB higher than peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for pulses produced by the
airgun arrays considered here. The compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number
of sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following
(Richardson et al., 1995):
(1) Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and water
surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-induced
bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of naturally
occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 kHz
(Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase with
increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound becomes important
near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 km from
shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band during
heavy surf conditions;
(2) Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the water
surface can become an important component of total sound at frequencies
above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet times;
(3) Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz
to over 100 kHz; and
(4) Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human
activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and
construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys,
sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below one
kHz and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate
rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and
human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through
the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales.
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that,
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from a given
activity may be a negligible addition to the local environment or could
form a distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals. Details of
source types are described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types:
pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction
between these two sound types is important because they have differing
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms,
[[Page 59215]]
impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g.,
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals with energy in a frequency
range from about 10-2,000 Hz, with most energy radiated at frequencies
below 200 Hz. The amplitude of the acoustic wave emitted from the
source is equal in all directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but airgun
arrays do possess some directionality due to different phase delays
between guns in different directions. Airgun arrays are typically tuned
to maximize functionality for data acquisition purposes, meaning that
sound transmitted in horizontal directions and at higher frequencies is
minimized to the extent possible.
As described above, hull-mounted MBESs, SBP, and ADCPs would also
be operated from vessel continuously throughout the seismic surveys.
Given the higher frequencies and relatively narrow beampatterns
associated with these sources, in context of the movement and speed of
the vessel, exposures of marine mammals are considered unlikely and,
therefore, we do not expect take of marine mammals to result from use
of these sources and do not consider them further in this analysis.
Acoustic Effects
Here, we discuss the effects of active acoustic sources on marine
mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Please refer to the
information given previously (Description of Active Acoustic Sound
Sources section) regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and
metrics used in this document. Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range
of frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of highly variable
impacts on marine life, from none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received levels, duration of exposure,
behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential effects of
underwater sound from active acoustic sources can potentially result in
one or more of the following: temporary or permanent hearing
impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological effects, behavioral
disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et
al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et
al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance from the source, and duration
of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, high level sounds can cause
hearing loss, as can longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary
or permanent loss of hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise
within an animal's hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before providing discussion specific
to the use of airgun arrays.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects of certain non-auditory
physical or physiological effects only briefly as we do not expect that
use of airgun arrays are reasonably likely to result in such effects
(see below for further discussion). Potential effects from impulsive
sound sources can range in severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort, slight injury
of the internal organs and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton
et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that
theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral
reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an avoidance
reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological effects,
bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ or tissue
damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer & Tyack, 2007;
Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities considered here do not involve
the use of devices such as explosives or mid-frequency tactical sonar
that are associated with these types of effects.
Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at
certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent (PTS),
in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable,
or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several dBs above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset;
[[Page 59216]]
e.g., Southall et al., 2007). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a
precautionary assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds
(such as airgun pulses as received close to the source) are at least 6
dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS
cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than
TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007).
Given the higher level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary
to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that
PTS could occur.
For mid-frequency cetaceans in particular, potential protective
mechanisms may help limit onset of TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such
mechanisms include dampening of hearing, auditory adaptation, or
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall and Supin, 2013; Miller et
al., 2012; Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al., 2016).
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Finneran et al. (2015) measured hearing thresholds in three captive
bottlenose dolphins before and after exposure to ten pulses produced by
a seismic airgun in order to study TTS induced after exposure to
multiple pulses. Exposures began at relatively low levels and gradually
increased over a period of several months, with the highest exposures
at peak SPLs from 196 to 210 dB and cumulative (unweighted) SELs from
193-195 dB. No substantial TTS was observed. In addition, behavioral
reactions were observed that indicated that animals can learn behaviors
that effectively mitigate noise exposures (although exposure patterns
must be learned, which is less likely in wild animals than for the
captive animals considered in this study). The authors note that the
failure to induce more significant auditory effects is likely due to
the intermittent nature of exposure, the relatively low peak pressure
produced by the acoustic source, and the low-frequency energy in airgun
pulses as compared with the frequency range of best sensitivity for
dolphins and other mid-frequency cetaceans.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless
porpoise) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015).
In general, harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes.
Critical questions remain regarding the rate of TTS growth and
recovery after exposure to intermittent noise and the effects of single
and multiple pulses. Data at present are also insufficient to construct
generalized models for recovery and determine the time necessary to
treat subsequent exposures as independent events. More information is
needed on the relationship between auditory evoked potential and
behavioral measures of TTS for various stimuli. For summaries of data
on TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity,
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity,
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007;
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have shown pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997).
Observed responses of wild marine mammals to loud pulsed sound sources
(typically seismic airguns or acoustic harassment devices) have been
varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or other behavioral
changes suggesting discomfort (Morton & Symonds, 2002; see also
Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach acoustic source vessels with no apparent discomfort
or
[[Page 59217]]
obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012).
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau & Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 2005).
However, there are broad categories of potential response, which we
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
& Clark, 2000; Ng & Leung, 2003; Nowacek et al., 2004; Goldbogen et
al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions
in biologically significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
of little biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive
behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal
is doing at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the
response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Visual tracking, passive acoustic monitoring, and movement
recording tags were used to quantify sperm whale behavior prior to,
during, and following exposure to airgun arrays at received levels in
the range 140-160 dB at distances of 7-13 km, following a phase-in of
sound intensity and full array exposures at 1-13 km (Madsen et al.,
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales did not exhibit horizontal
avoidance behavior at the surface. However, foraging behavior may have
been affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19 percent less vocal (buzz)
rate during full exposure relative to post exposure, and the whale that
was approached most closely had an extended resting period and did not
resume foraging until the airguns had ceased firing. The remaining
whales continued to execute foraging dives throughout exposure;
however, swimming movements during foraging dives were six percent
lower during exposure than control periods (Miller et al., 2009). These
data raise concerns that seismic surveys may impact foraging behavior
in sperm whales, although more data are required to understand whether
the differences were due to exposure or natural variation in sperm
whale behavior (Miller et al., 2009).
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007, 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive acoustic monitoring to document
the presence of singing humpback whales off the coast of northern
Angola and to opportunistically test for the effect of seismic survey
activity on the number of singing whales. Two recording units were
deployed between March and December 2008 in the offshore environment;
numbers of singers were counted every hour. Generalized Additive Mixed
Models were used to assess the effect of survey day (seasonality), hour
(diel variation), moon phase, and received levels of noise (measured
from a single pulse during each 10 minute sampled period) on singer
number. The number of singers significantly decreased with increasing
received level of noise, suggesting that humpback whale breeding
activity was disrupted to some extent by the survey activity.
Castellote et al. (2012) reported acoustic and behavioral changes
by fin whales in response to shipping and airgun noise. Acoustic
features of fin whale song notes recorded in the Mediterranean Sea and
northeast Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas with different
shipping noise levels and traffic intensities and during a seismic
airgun survey. During the first 72 h of the survey, a steady decrease
in song received levels and bearings to singers indicated that whales
moved away from the acoustic source and out of the study area. This
displacement persisted for a time period well beyond the 10-day
duration of seismic airgun activity, providing evidence that fin whales
may avoid an area for an extended period in the presence of increased
noise. The authors hypothesize that fin whale acoustic communication is
modified to compensate for increased background noise and that a
sensitization process may play a role in the observed temporary
displacement.
Seismic pulses at average received levels of 131 dB re 1
[micro]Pa\2\-s caused blue whales to increase call production (Di Iorio
and Clark, 2010). In contrast, McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue
whale with seafloor seismometers and reported that it stopped
vocalizing and changed its travel direction at a range of 10 km from
the acoustic source vessel (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that
[[Page 59218]]
bowhead whale call rates dropped significantly at onset of airgun use
at sites with a median distance of 41-45 km from the survey. Blackwell
et al. (2015) expanded this analysis to show that whales actually
increased calling rates as soon as airgun signals were detectable
before ultimately decreasing calling rates at higher received levels
(i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ~127 dB). Overall, these results
suggest that bowhead whales may adjust their vocal output in an effort
to compensate for noise before ceasing vocalization effort and
ultimately deflecting from the acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,
2015). These studies demonstrate that even low levels of noise received
far from the source can induce changes in vocalization and/or behavior
for mysticetes.
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Humpback whales showed avoidance behavior in the presence of an
active seismic array during observational studies and controlled
exposure experiments in western Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).
Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area once
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not
occur (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor &
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans & England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to a
perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford & Reeves,
2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may influence
the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp &
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser & Radford, 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
& Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea observations during 1,196
seismic surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large arrays of airguns
(considered to be 500 in\3\ or more) were firing, lateral displacement,
more localized avoidance, or other changes in behavior were evident for
most odontocetes. However, significant responses to large arrays were
found only for the minke whale and fin whale. Behavioral responses
observed included changes in swimming or surfacing behavior, with
indications that cetaceans remained near the water surface at these
times. Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less often when large arrays
were active. Behavioral observations of gray whales during a seismic
survey monitored whale movements and respirations pre-, during and
post-seismic survey (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water
depth were the best `natural' predictors of whale movements and
respiration and, after considering natural variation, none of the
response variables were significantly associated with seismic survey or
vessel sounds.
Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last
[[Page 59219]]
until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves sufficiently to
restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair & Becker, 2000; Romano
et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations (e.g.,
Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found that
noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al.,
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g.,
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a
potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g.,
Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Masking effects of pulsed sounds (even from large arrays of
airguns) on marine mammal calls and other natural sounds are expected
to be limited, although there are few specific data on this. Because of
the intermittent nature and low duty cycle of seismic pulses, animals
can emit and receive sounds in the relatively quiet intervals between
pulses. However, in exceptional situations, reverberation occurs for
much or all of the interval between pulses (e.g., Simard et al., 2005;
Clark & Gagnon 2006), which could mask calls. Situations with prolonged
strong reverberation are infrequent. However, it is common for
reverberation to cause some lesser degree of elevation of the
background level between airgun pulses (e.g., Gedamke 2011; Guerra et
al., 2011, 2016; Klinck et al., 2012; Guan et al., 2015), and this
weaker reverberation presumably reduces the detection range of calls
and other natural sounds to some degree. Guerra et al. (2016) reported
that ambient noise levels between seismic pulses were elevated as a
result of reverberation at ranges of 50 km from the seismic source.
Based on measurements in deep water of the Southern Ocean, Gedamke
(2011) estimated that the slight elevation of background levels during
intervals between pulses reduced blue and fin whale communication space
by as much as 36-51 percent when a seismic survey was operating 450-
2,800 km away. Based on preliminary modeling, Wittekind et al. (2016)
reported that airgun sounds could reduce the communication range of
blue and fin whales 2000 km from the seismic source. Nieukirk et al.
(2012) and Blackwell et al. (2015) noted the potential for masking
effects from seismic surveys on large whales.
Some baleen and toothed whales are known to continue calling in the
presence of seismic pulses, and their calls usually can be heard
between the pulses (e.g., Nieukirk et al., 2012; Thode et al., 2012;
Br[ouml]ker et al., 2013; Sciacca et al., 2016). As noted above,
Cerchio et al. (2014) suggested that the breeding display of humpback
whales off Angola could be disrupted by seismic sounds, as singing
activity declined with increasing received levels. In addition, some
cetaceans are known to change their calling rates, shift their peak
frequencies, or otherwise modify their vocal behavior in response to
airgun sounds (e.g., Di Iorio and Clark 2010; Castellote et al., 2012;
Blackwell et al., 2013, 2015). The hearing systems of baleen whales are
undoubtedly more sensitive to low-frequency sounds than are the ears of
the small odontocetes that have been studied directly (e.g.,
MacGillivray et al., 2014). The sounds important to small odontocetes
are
[[Page 59220]]
predominantly at much higher frequencies than are the dominant
components of airgun sounds, thus limiting the potential for masking.
In general, masking effects of seismic pulses are expected to be minor,
given the normally intermittent nature of seismic pulses.
Icebreaking
Icebreakers produce more noise while breaking ice than ships of
comparable size due, primarily, to the sounds of propeller cavitation
(Richardson et al., 1995). Icebreakers commonly back and ram into heavy
ice until losing momentum to make way. The highest noise levels usually
occur while backing full astern in preparation to ram forward through
the ice. Overall the noise generated by an icebreaker pushing ice was
10 to 15 dB greater than the noise produced by the ship underway in
open water (Richardson et al., 1995). In general, the Antarctic and
Southern Ocean is a noisy environment. Calving and grounding icebergs
as well as the break-up of ice sheets, can produce a large amount of
underwater noise. Little information is available about the increased
sound levels due to icebreaking.
Cetaceans--Few studies have been conducted to evaluate the
potential interference of icebreaking noise with marine mammal
vocalizations. Erbe and Farmer (1998) measured masked hearing
thresholds of a captive beluga whale. They reported that the recording
of a Canadian Coast Guard Ship (CCGS) Henry Larsen, ramming ice in the
Beaufort Sea, masked recordings of beluga vocalizations at a noise to
signal pressure ratio of 18 dB, when the noise pressure level was eight
times as high as the call pressure. Erbe and Farmer (2000) also
predicted when icebreaker noise would affect beluga whales through
software that combined a sound propagation model and beluga whale
impact threshold models. They again used the data from the recording of
the Henry Larsen in the Beaufort Sea and predicted that masking of
beluga whale vocalizations could extend between 40 and 71 km (21.6 and
38.3 nmi) near the surface. Lesage et al. (1999) report that beluga
whales changed their call type and call frequency when exposed to boat
noise. It is possible that the whales adapt to the ambient noise levels
and are able to communicate despite the sound. Given the documented
reaction of belugas to ships and icebreakers it is highly unlikely that
beluga whales would remain in the proximity of vessels where
vocalizations would be masked.
Beluga whales have been documented swimming rapidly away from ships
and icebreakers in the Canadian high Arctic when a ship approaches to
within 35 to 50 km (18.9 to 27 nmi), and they may travel up to 80 km
(43.2 nmi) from the vessel's track (Richardson et al., 1995). It is
expected that belugas avoid icebreakers as soon as they detect the
ships (Cosens and Dueck, 1993). However, the reactions of beluga whales
to ships vary greatly and some animals may become habituated to high
levels of ambient noise (Erbe and Farmer, 2000).
There is little information about the effects of icebreaking ships
on baleen whales. Migrating bowhead whales appeared to avoid an area
around a drill site by greater than 25 km (13.5 mi) where an icebreaker
was working in the Beaufort Sea. There was intensive icebreaking daily
in support of the drilling activities (Brewer et al., 1993). Migrating
bowheads also avoided a nearby drill site at the same time of year
where little icebreaking was being conducted (LGL and Greeneridge,
1987). It is unclear as to whether the drilling activities, icebreaking
operations, or the ice itself might have been the cause for the whale's
diversion. Bowhead whales are not expected to occur in the proximity of
the proposed action area.
Pinnipeds--Brueggeman et al. (1992) reported on the reactions of
seals to an icebreaker during activities at two prospects in the
Chukchi Sea. Reactions of seals to the icebreakers varied between the
two prospects. Most (67 percent) seals did not react to the icebreaker
at either prospect. Reaction at one prospect was greatest during
icebreaking activity (running/maneuvering/jogging) and was 0.23 km
(0.12 nmi) of the vessel and lowest for animals beyond 0.93 km (0.5
nmi). At the second prospect however, seal reaction was lowest during
icebreaking activity with higher and similar levels of response during
general (non-icebreaking) vessel operations and when the vessel was at
anchor or drifting. The frequency of seal reaction generally declined
with increasing distance from the vessel except during general vessel
activity where it remained consistently high to about 0.46 km (0.25
nmi) from the vessel before declining.
Similarly, Kanik et al. (1980) found that ringed (Pusa hispida) and
harp seals (Pagophilus groenlandicus) often dove into the water when an
icebreaker was breaking ice within 1 km (0.5 nmi) of the animals. Most
seals remained on the ice when the ship was breaking ice 1 to 2 km (0.5
to 1.1 nmi) away.
Sea ice is important for pinniped life functions such as resting,
breeding, and molting. Icebreaking activities may damage seal breathing
holes and would also reduce the haulout area in the immediate vicinity
of the ship's track. Icebreaking along a maximum of 500 km of
tracklines would alter local ice conditions in the immediate vicinity
of the vessel. This has the potential to temporarily lead to a
reduction of suitable seal haulout habitat. However, the dynamic sea-
ice environment requires that seals be able to adapt to changes in sea,
ice, and snow conditions, and they therefore create new breathing holes
and lairs throughout the winter and spring (Hammill and Smith, 1989).
In addition, seals often use open leads and cracks in the ice to
surface and breathe (Smith and Stirling, 1975). Disturbance of the ice
would occur in a very small area relative to the Southern Ocean ice-
pack and no significant impact on marine mammals is anticipated by
icebreaking during the proposed low-energy seismic survey.
Ship Noise
Vessel noise from the RVIB Palmer could affect marine animals in
the proposed survey areas. Houghton et al. (2015) proposed that vessel
speed is the most important predictor of received noise levels, and
Putland et al. (2017) also reported reduced sound levels with decreased
vessel speed. Sounds produced by large vessels generally dominate
ambient noise at frequencies from 20 to 300 Hz (Richardson et al.,
1995). However, some energy is also produced at higher frequencies
(Hermannsen et al., 2014); low levels of high-frequency sound from
vessels has been shown to elicit responses in harbor porpoise (Dyndo et
al., 2015). Increased levels of ship noise have been shown to affect
foraging by porpoise (Teilmann et al., 2015; Wisniewska et al., 2018);
Wisniewska et al. (2018) suggest that a decrease in foraging success
could have long-term fitness consequences.
Ship noise, through masking, can reduce the effective communication
distance of a marine mammal if the frequency of the sound source is
close to that used by the animal, and if the sound is present for a
significant fraction of time (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Clark et
al,. 2009; Jensen et al., 2009; Gervaise et al., 2012; Hatch et al.,
2012; Rice et al., 2014; Dunlop 2015; Erbe et al., 2016; Jones et al,.
2017; Putland et al., 2017). In addition to the frequency and duration
of the masking sound, the strength, temporal pattern, and location of
the introduced sound also play a role in the extent of the masking
(Branstetter et al., 2013, 2016; Finneran and Branstetter 2013; Sills
et al., 2017). Branstetter et al. (2013)
[[Page 59221]]
reported that time-domain metrics are also important in describing and
predicting masking. In order to compensate for increased ambient noise,
some cetaceans are known to increase the source levels of their calls
in the presence of elevated noise levels from shipping, shift their
peak frequencies, or otherwise change their vocal behavior (e.g., Parks
et al., 2011, 2012, 2016a,b; Castellote et al., 2012; Melc[oacute]n et
al., 2012; Azzara et al., 2013; Tyack and Janik 2013; Lu[iacute]s et
al., 2014; Sairanen 2014; Papale et al., 2015; Bittencourt et al.,
2016; Dahlheim and Castellote 2016; Gospi[cacute] and Picciulin 2016;
Gridley et al., 2016; Heiler et al., 2016; Martins et al., 2016;
O'Brien et al., 2016; Tenessen & Parks 2016). Harp seals did not
increase their call frequencies in environments with increased low-
frequency sounds (Terhune and Bosker 2016). Holt et al. (2015) reported
that changes in vocal modifications can have increased energetic costs
for individual marine mammals. A negative correlation between the
presence of some cetacean species and the number of vessels in an area
has been demonstrated by several studies (e.g., Campana et al., 2015;
Culloch et al., 2016).
Baleen whales are thought to be more sensitive to sound at these
low frequencies than are toothed whales (e.g., MacGillivray et al.,
2014), possibly causing localized avoidance of the proposed survey area
during seismic operations. Reactions of gray and humpback whales to
vessels have been studied, and there is limited information available
about the reactions of right whales and rorquals (fin, blue, and minke
whales). Reactions of humpback whales to boats are variable, ranging
from approach to avoidance (Payne 1978; Salden 1993). Baker et al.
(1982, 1983) and Baker and Herman (1989) found humpbacks often move
away when vessels are within several kilometers. Humpbacks seem less
likely to react overtly when actively feeding than when resting or
engaged in other activities (Krieger and Wing 1984, 1986). Increased
levels of ship noise have been shown to affect foraging by humpback
whales (Blair et al., 2016). Fin whale sightings in the western
Mediterranean were negatively correlated with the number of vessels in
the area (Campana et al., 2015). Minke whales and gray seals have shown
slight displacement in response to construction-related vessel traffic
(Anderwald et al., 2013).
Many odontocetes show considerable tolerance of vessel traffic,
although they sometimes react at long distances if confined by ice or
shallow water, if previously harassed by vessels, or if they have had
little or no recent exposure to ships (Richardson et al., 1995).
Dolphins of many species tolerate and sometimes approach vessels (e.g.,
Anderwald et al., 2013). Some dolphin species approach moving vessels
to ride the bow or stern waves (Williams et al., 1992). Pirotta et al.
(2015) noted that the physical presence of vessels, not just ship
noise, disturbed the foraging activity of bottlenose dolphins.
Sightings of striped dolphin, Risso's dolphin, sperm whale, and
Cuvier's beaked whale in the western Mediterranean were negatively
correlated with the number of vessels in the area (Campana et al.,
2015).
There are few data on the behavioral reactions of beaked whales to
vessel noise, though they seem to avoid approaching vessels (e.g.,
W[uuml]rsig et al., 1998) or dive for an extended period when
approached by a vessel (e.g., Kasuya 1986). Based on a single
observation, Aguilar Soto et al. (2006) suggest foraging efficiency of
Cuvier's beaked whales may be reduced by close approach of vessels.
Sounds emitted by the Palmer are low frequency and continuous, but
would be widely dispersed in both space and time. Project vessel sounds
would not be at levels expected to cause anything more than possible
localized and temporary behavioral changes in marine mammals, and would
not be expected to result in significant negative effects on
individuals or at the population level. In addition, in all oceans of
the world, large vessel traffic is currently so prevalent that it is
commonly considered a usual source of ambient sound (NSF-USGS 2011).
In summary, project vessel sounds would not be at levels expected
to cause anything more than possible localized and temporary behavioral
changes in marine mammals, and would not be expected to result in
significant negative effects on individuals or at the population level.
Ship Strike
Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result
in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship
strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or
propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal at the
surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit
the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut
by a vessel's propeller. Superficial strikes may not kill or result in
the death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated
with large whales (e.g., fin whales), which are occasionally found
draped across the bulbous bow of large commercial ships upon arrival in
port. Although smaller cetaceans are more maneuverable in relation to
large vessels than are large whales, they may also be susceptible to
strike. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and
speed of the vessel, with the probability of death or serious injury
increasing as vessel speed increases (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist
et al., 2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007; Conn and Silber, 2013).
Impact forces increase with speed, as does the probability of a strike
at a given distance (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
Pace and Silber (2005) also found that the probability of death or
serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed.
Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death
increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14
kn, and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions
result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to
increase the chance of severe injuries or death through increased
likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the vessel (Clyne,
1999; Knowlton et al., 1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan and
Taggart (2007) analyzed the probability of lethal mortality of large
whales at a given speed, showing that the greatest rate of change in
the probability of a lethal injury to a large whale as a function of
vessel speed occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The chances of a lethal
injury decline from approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to approximately
20 percent at 8.6 kn. At speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of lethal
injury drop below 50 percent, while the probability asymptotically
increases toward one hundred percent above 15 kn.
The RVIB Palmer travels at a speed of 4.5 kn (8.3 km/hour) when
towing seismic survey gear, or at an average speed of 18.7 km/h (10.1
kn) while cruising. At these speeds, both the possibility of striking a
marine mammal and the possibility of a strike resulting in serious
injury or mortality are discountable. At average transit speed, the
probability of serious injury or mortality resulting from a strike is
less than 50 percent. However, the likelihood of a strike actually
happening is again discountable. Ship strikes, as analyzed in the
studies cited above, generally involve commercial shipping, which is
much more common in both space and time than is geophysical survey
activity. Jensen and Silber (2004) summarized ship strikes of large
whales worldwide from 1975-2003 and found that most collisions occurred
in the
[[Page 59222]]
open ocean and involved large vessels (e.g., commercial shipping). No
such incidents were reported for geophysical survey vessels during that
time period.
It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow
speeds. For example, a hydrographic survey vessel traveling at low
speed (5.5 kn) while conducting mapping surveys off the central
California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. The State of
California determined that the whale had suddenly and unexpectedly
surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the propeller severed
the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an unavoidable event. This
strike represents the only such incident in approximately 540,000 hours
of similar coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 x 10-\6\; 95
percent CI = 0-5.5 x 10-\6\; NMFS, 2013b). In addition, a
research vessel reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the
Atlantic, demonstrating that it is possible for strikes involving
smaller cetaceans to occur. In that case, the incident report indicated
that an animal apparently was struck by the vessel's propeller as it
was intentionally swimming near the vessel. While indicative of the
type of unusual events that cannot be ruled out, neither of these
instances represents a circumstance that would be considered reasonably
foreseeable or that would be considered preventable.
Although the likelihood of the vessel striking a marine mammal is
low, we require a robust ship strike avoidance protocol (see Proposed
Mitigation), which we believe eliminates any foreseeable risk of ship
strike. We anticipate that vessel collisions involving a seismic data
acquisition vessel towing gear, while not impossible, represent
unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive
measures. Given the required mitigation measures, the relatively slow
speed of the vessel towing gear, the presence of bridge crew watching
for obstacles at all times (including marine mammals), and the presence
of marine mammal observers, we believe that the possibility of ship
strike is discountable and, further, that were a strike of a large
whale to occur, it would be unlikely to result in serious injury or
mortality. No incidental take resulting from ship strike is
anticipated, and this potential effect of the specified activity will
not be discussed further in the following analysis.
Stranding--When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto
shore and becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the
event is a ``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002;
Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a
``stranding'' under the MMPA is an event in the wild in which (A) a
marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of the United
States; or (ii) in waters under the jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B) a marine mammal is alive and
is (i) on a beach or shore of the United States and unable to return to
the water; (ii) on a beach or shore of the United States and, although
able to return to the water, is in need of apparent medical attention;
or (iii) in the waters under the jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is unable to return to its
natural habitat under its own power or without assistance (16 U.S.C.
1421h(3)).
Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike,
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series.
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships,
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce
the same result (Chrousos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003;
Fair & Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a;
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004).
There is no conclusive evidence that exposure to airgun noise
results in behaviorally-mediated forms of injury. Behaviorally-mediated
injury (i.e., mass stranding events) has been primarily associated with
beaked whales exposed to mid-frequency active (MFA) naval sonar.
Tactical sonar and the alerting stimulus used in Nowacek et al. (2004)
are very different from the noise produced by airguns. One should
therefore not expect the same reaction to airgun noise as to these
other sources. As explained below, military MFA sonar is very different
from airguns, and one should not assume that airguns will cause the
same effects as MFA sonar (including strandings).
To understand why Navy MFA sonar affects beaked whales differently
than airguns do, it is important to note the distinction between
behavioral sensitivity and susceptibility to auditory injury. To
understand the potential for auditory injury in a particular marine
mammal species in relation to a given acoustic signal, the frequency
range the species is able to hear is critical, as well as the species'
auditory sensitivity to frequencies within that range. Current data
indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing
capabilities across all frequencies and, therefore, species are grouped
into hearing groups with generalized hearing ranges assigned on the
basis of available data (Southall et al., 2007, 2019). Hearing ranges
as well as auditory sensitivity/susceptibility to frequencies within
those ranges vary across the different groups. For example, in terms of
hearing range, the high-frequency cetaceans (e.g., Kogia spp.) have a
generalized hearing range of frequencies between 275 Hz and 160 kHz,
while mid-frequency cetaceans--such as dolphins and beaked whales--have
a generalized hearing range between 150 Hz to 160 kHz. Regarding
auditory susceptibility within the hearing range, while mid-frequency
cetaceans and high-frequency cetaceans have roughly similar hearing
ranges, the high-frequency group is much more susceptible to noise-
induced hearing loss during sound exposure, i.e., these species have
lower thresholds for these effects than other hearing groups (NMFS,
2018). Referring to a species as behaviorally sensitive to noise simply
means that an animal of that species is more likely to respond to lower
received levels of sound than an animal of another species that is
considered less behaviorally sensitive. So, while dolphin species and
beaked whale species--both in the mid-frequency cetacean hearing
group--are assumed to generally hear the same sounds equally well and
be equally susceptible to noise-induced hearing loss (auditory injury),
the best available information indicates that a beaked whale is more
likely to behaviorally respond to that sound at a lower received level
compared to an animal from other mid-frequency cetacean species that
are less behaviorally sensitive. This distinction is important because,
while beaked whales are more likely to respond behaviorally to sounds
than are many other species (even at lower levels), they cannot hear
the predominant, lower frequency sounds from seismic airguns as well as
sounds that have more energy at frequencies that beaked whales can hear
better (such as military MFA sonar).
[[Page 59223]]
Navy MFA sonar affects beaked whales differently than airguns do
because it produces energy at different frequencies than airguns. Mid-
frequency cetacean hearing is generically thought to be best between
8.8 to 110 kHz, i.e., these cutoff values define the range above and
below which a species in the group is assumed to have declining
auditory sensitivity, until reaching frequencies that cannot be heard
(NMFS, 2018). However, beaked whale hearing is likely best within a
higher, narrower range (20-80 kHz, with best sensitivity around 40
kHz), based on a few measurements of hearing in stranded beaked whales
(Cook et al., 2006; Finneran et al., 2009; Pacini et al., 2011) and
several studies of acoustic signals produced by beaked whales (e.g.,
Frantzis et al., 2002; Johnson et al., 2004, 2006; Zimmer et al.,
2005). While precaution requires that the full range of audibility be
considered when assessing risks associated with noise exposure
(Southall et al., 2007, 2019a, 2019), animals typically produce sound
at frequencies where they hear best. More recently, Southall et al.
(2019) suggested that certain species in the historical mid-frequency
hearing group (beaked whales, sperm whales, and killer whales) are
likely more sensitive to lower frequencies within the group's
generalized hearing range than are other species within the group, and
state that the data for beaked whales suggest sensitivity to
approximately 5 kHz. However, this information is consistent with the
general conclusion that beaked whales (and other mid-frequency
cetaceans) are relatively insensitive to the frequencies where most
energy of an airgun signal is found. Military MFA sonar is typically
considered to operate in the frequency range of approximately 3-14 kHz
(D'Amico et al., 2009), i.e., outside the range of likely best hearing
for beaked whales but within or close to the lower bounds, whereas most
energy in an airgun signal is radiated at much lower frequencies, below
500 Hz (Dragoset, 1990).
It is important to distinguish between energy (loudness, measured
in dB) and frequency (pitch, measured in Hz). In considering the
potential impacts of mid-frequency components of airgun noise (1-10
kHz, where beaked whales can be expected to hear) on marine mammal
hearing, one needs to account for the energy associated with these
higher frequencies and determine what energy is truly ``significant.''
Although there is mid-frequency energy associated with airgun noise (as
expected from a broadband source), airgun sound is predominantly below
1 kHz (Breitzke et al., 2008; Tashmukhambetov et al., 2008; Tolstoy et
al., 2009). As stated by Richardson et al. (1995), ``[. . .] most
emitted [seismic airgun] energy is at 10-120 Hz, but the pulses contain
some energy up to 500-1,000 Hz.'' Tolstoy et al. (2009) conducted
empirical measurements, demonstrating that sound energy levels
associated with airguns were at least 20 decibels (dB) lower at 1 kHz
(considered ``mid-frequency'') compared to higher energy levels
associated with lower frequencies (below 300 Hz) (``all but a small
fraction of the total energy being concentrated in the 10-300 Hz
range'' [Tolstoy et al., 2009]), and at higher frequencies (e.g., 2.6-4
kHz), power might be less than 10 percent of the peak power at 10 Hz
(Yoder, 2002). Energy levels measured by Tolstoy et al. (2009) were
even lower at frequencies above 1 kHz. In addition, as sound propagates
away from the source, it tends to lose higher-frequency components
faster than low-frequency components (i.e., low-frequency sounds
typically propagate longer distances than high-frequency sounds)
(Diebold et al., 2010). Although higher-frequency components of airgun
signals have been recorded, it is typically in surface-ducting
conditions (e.g., DeRuiter et al., 2006; Madsen et al., 2006) or in
shallow water, where there are advantageous propagation conditions for
the higher frequency (but low-energy) components of the airgun signal
(Hermannsen et al., 2015). This should not be of concern because the
likely behavioral reactions of beaked whales that can result in acute
physical injury would result from noise exposure at depth (because of
the potentially greater consequences of severe behavioral reactions).
In summary, the frequency content of airgun signals is such that beaked
whales will not be able to hear the signals well (compared to MFA
sonar), especially at depth where we expect the consequences of noise
exposure could be more severe.
Aside from frequency content, there are other significant
differences between MFA sonar signals and the sounds produced by
airguns that minimize the risk of severe behavioral reactions that
could lead to strandings or deaths at sea, e.g., significantly longer
signal duration, horizontal sound direction, typical fast and
unpredictable source movement. All of these characteristics of MFA
sonar tend towards greater potential to cause severe behavioral or
physiological reactions in exposed beaked whales that may contribute to
stranding. Although both sources are powerful, MFA sonar contains
significantly greater energy in the mid-frequency range, where beaked
whales hear better. Short-duration, high energy pulses--such as those
produced by airguns--have greater potential to cause damage to auditory
structures (though this is unlikely for mid-frequency cetaceans, as
explained later in this document), but it is longer duration signals
that have been implicated in the vast majority of beaked whale
strandings. Faster, less predictable movements in combination with
multiple source vessels are more likely to elicit a severe, potentially
anti-predator response. Of additional interest in assessing the
divergent characteristics of MFA sonar and airgun signals and their
relative potential to cause stranding events or deaths at sea is the
similarity between the MFA sonar signals and stereotyped calls of
beaked whales' primary predator: the killer whale (Zimmer and Tyack,
2007). Although generic disturbance stimuli--as airgun noise may be
considered in this case for beaked whales--may also trigger
antipredator responses, stronger responses should generally be expected
when perceived risk is greater, as when the stimulus is confused for a
known predator (Frid and Dill, 2002). In addition, because the source
of the perceived predator (i.e., MFA sonar) will likely be closer to
the whales (because attenuation limits the range of detection of mid-
frequencies) and moving faster (because it will be on faster-moving
vessels), any antipredator response would be more likely to be severe
(with greater perceived predation risk, an animal is more likely to
disregard the cost of the response; Frid and Dill, 2002). Indeed, when
analyzing movements of a beaked whale exposed to playback of killer
whale predation calls, Allen et al. (2014) found that the whale engaged
in a prolonged, directed avoidance response, suggesting a behavioral
reaction that could pose a risk factor for stranding. Overall, these
significant differences between sound from MFA sonar and the mid-
frequency sound component from airguns and the likelihood that MFA
sonar signals will be interpreted in error as a predator are critical
to understanding the likely risk of behaviorally-mediated injury due to
seismic surveys.
The available scientific literature also provides a useful contrast
between airgun noise and MFA sonar regarding the likely risk of
behaviorally-mediated injury. There is strong evidence for the
association of beaked whale stranding events with MFA sonar use, and
particularly detailed accounting of several events is available (e.g.,
a 2000 Bahamas stranding event for which
[[Page 59224]]
investigators concluded that MFA sonar use was responsible; Evans and
England, 2001). D'Amico et al. (2009) reviewed 126 beaked whale mass
stranding events over the period from 1950 (i.e., from the development
of modern MFA sonar systems) through 2004. Of these, there were two
events where detailed information was available on both the timing and
location of the stranding and the concurrent nearby naval activity,
including verification of active MFA sonar usage, with no evidence for
an alternative cause of stranding. An additional ten events were at
minimum spatially and temporally coincident with naval activity likely
to have included MFA sonar use and, despite incomplete knowledge of
timing and location of the stranding or the naval activity in some
cases, there was no evidence for an alternative cause of stranding. The
U.S. Navy has publicly stated agreement that five such events since
1996 were associated in time and space with MFA sonar use, either by
the U.S. Navy alone or in joint training exercises with the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization. The U.S. Navy additionally noted that, as
of 2017, a 2014 beaked whale stranding event in Crete coincident with
naval exercises was under review and had not yet been determined to be
linked to sonar activities (U.S. Navy, 2017). Separately, the
International Council for the Exploration of the Sea reported in 2005
that, worldwide, there have been about 50 known strandings, consisting
mostly of beaked whales, with a potential causal link to MFA sonar
(ICES, 2005). In contrast, very few such associations have been made to
seismic surveys, despite widespread use of airguns as a geophysical
sound source in numerous locations around the world.
A more recent review of possible stranding associations with
seismic surveys (Castellote and Llorens, 2016) states plainly that,
``[s]peculation concerning possible links between seismic survey noise
and cetacean strandings is available for a dozen events but without
convincing causal evidence.'' The authors' ``exhaustive'' search of
available information found ten events worth further investigation via
a ranking system representing a rough metric of the relative level of
confidence offered by the data for inferences about the possible role
of the seismic survey in a given stranding event. Only three of these
events involved beaked whales. Whereas D'Amico et al. (2009) used a 1-5
ranking system, in which ``1'' represented the most robust evidence
connecting the event to MFA sonar use, Castellote and Llorens (2016)
used a 1-6 ranking system, in which ``6'' represented the most robust
evidence connecting the event to the seismic survey. As described
above, D'Amico et al. (2009) found that two events were ranked ``1''
and ten events were ranked ``2'' (i.e., 12 beaked whale stranding
events were found to be associated with MFA sonar use). In contrast,
Castellote and Llorens (2016) found that none of the three beaked whale
stranding events achieved their highest ranks of 5 or 6. Of the ten
total events, none achieved the highest rank of 6. Two events were
ranked as 5: one stranding in Peru involving dolphins and porpoises and
a 2008 stranding in Madagascar. This latter ranking can only broadly be
associated with the survey itself, as opposed to use of seismic
airguns. An exhaustive investigation of this stranding event, which did
not involve beaked whales, concluded that use of a high-frequency
mapping system (12-kHz multibeam echosounder) was the most plausible
and likely initial behavioral trigger of the event, which was likely
exacerbated by several site- and situation-specific secondary factors.
The review panel found that seismic airguns were used after the initial
strandings and animals entering a lagoon system, that airgun use
clearly had no role as an initial trigger, and that there was no
evidence that airgun use dissuaded animals from leaving (Southall et
al., 2013).
However, one of these stranding events, involving two Cuvier's
beaked whales, was contemporaneous with and reasonably associated
spatially with a 2002 seismic survey in the Gulf of California
conducted by Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (L-DEO), as was the case
for the 2007 Gulf of Cadiz seismic survey discussed by Castellote and
Llorens (also involving two Cuvier's beaked whales). However, neither
event was considered a ``true atypical mass stranding'' (according to
Frantzis [1998]) as used in the analysis of Castellote and Llorens
(2016). While we agree with the authors that this lack of evidence
should not be considered conclusive, it is clear that there is very
little evidence that seismic surveys should be considered as posing a
significant risk of acute harm to beaked whales or other mid-frequency
cetaceans. We have considered the potential for the proposed survey to
result in marine mammal stranding and have concluded that, based on the
best available information, stranding is not expected to occur.
Use of military tactical sonar has been implicated in a majority of
investigated stranding events. Most known stranding events have
involved beaked whales, though a small number have involved deep-diving
delphinids or sperm whales (e.g., Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et
al., 2013). In general, long duration (approximately 1 second) and
high-intensity sounds (greater than 235 dB SPL) have been implicated in
stranding events (Hildebrand, 2004). With regard to beaked whales, mid-
frequency sound is typically implicated (when causation can be
determined) (Hildebrand, 2004). Although seismic airguns create
predominantly low-frequency energy, the signal does include a mid-
frequency component. We have considered the potential for the proposed
survey to result in marine mammal stranding and have concluded that,
based on the best available information, stranding is not expected to
occur.
Entanglement--Entanglements occur when marine mammals become
wrapped around cables, lines, nets, or other objects suspended in the
water column. During seismic operations, numerous cables, lines, and
other objects primarily associated with the airgun array and hydrophone
streamers will be towed behind the Palmer near the water`s surface. No
incidents of entanglement of marine mammals with seismic survey gear
have been documented in over 54,000 kt (100,000 km) of previous NSF-
funded seismic surveys when observers were aboard (e.g., Smultea and
Holst 2003; Haley and Koski 2004; Holst 2004; Smultea et al., 2004;
Holst et al., 2005a; Haley and Ireland 2006; SIO and NSF 2006b; Hauser
et al., 2008; Holst and Smultea 2008). Although entanglement with the
streamer is theoretically possible, it has not been documented during
tens of thousands of miles of NSF-sponsored seismic cruises or, to our
knowledge, during hundreds of thousands of miles of industrial seismic
cruises. There are a relative few deployed devices, and no interaction
between marine mammals and any such device has been recorded during
prior NSF surveys using the devices. There are no meaningful
entanglement risks posed by the proposed survey, and entanglement risks
are not discussed further in this document.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Physical Disturbance--Sources of seafloor disturbance related to
geophysical surveys that may impact marine mammal habitat include
placement of anchors, nodes, cables, sensors, or other equipment on or
in the seafloor for various activities. Equipment deployed on the
seafloor has
[[Page 59225]]
the potential to cause direct physical damage and could affect bottom-
associated fish resources.
Placement of equipment, such as the heat flow probe in the
seafloor, could damage areas of hard bottom where direct contact with
the seafloor occurs and could crush epifauna (organisms that live on
the seafloor or surface of other organisms). Damage to unknown or
unseen hard bottom could occur, but because of the small area covered
by most bottom-founded equipment and the patchy distribution of hard
bottom habitat, contact with unknown hard bottom is expected to be rare
and impacts minor. Seafloor disturbance in areas of soft bottom can
cause loss of small patches of epifauna and infauna due to burial or
crushing, and bottom-feeding fishes could be temporarily displaced from
feeding areas. Overall, any effects of physical damage to habitat are
expected to be minor and temporary.
Effects to Prey--Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and
location and, for some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds
which are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds.
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pulsed
sound on fish, although several are based on studies in support of
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and
Hastings, 2009). Sound pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause
subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable
changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs
of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. The most likely impact to fish from survey activities at the
project area would be temporary avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of a given area after survey effort stops is unknown,
but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is
anticipated.
Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and location and, for
some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds which are especially
strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance are the most likely effects.
However, the reaction of fish to airguns depends on the physiological
state of the fish, past exposures, motivation (e.g., feeding, spawning,
migration), and other environmental factors. Several studies have
demonstrated that airgun sounds might affect the distribution and
behavior of some fishes, potentially impacting foraging opportunities
or increasing energetic costs (e.g., Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012;
Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992; Santulli et al., 1999;
Paxton et al., 2017), though the bulk of studies indicate no or slight
reaction to noise (e.g., Miller and Cripps, 2013; Dalen and Knutsen,
1987; Pena et al., 2013; Chapman and Hawkins, 1969; Wardle et al.,
2001; Sara et al., 2007; Jorgenson and Gyselman, 2009; Blaxter et al.,
1981; Cott et al., 2012; Boeger et al., 2006), and that, most commonly,
while there are likely to be impacts to fish as a result of noise from
nearby airguns, such effects will be temporary. For example,
investigators reported significant, short-term declines in commercial
fishing catch rate of gadid fishes during and for up to five days after
seismic survey operations, but the catch rate subsequently returned to
normal (Engas et al., 1996; Engas and Lokkeborg, 2002). Other studies
have reported similar findings (Hassel et al., 2004). Skalski et al.,
(1992) also found a reduction in catch rates--for rockfish (Sebastes
spp.) in response to controlled airgun exposure--but suggested that the
mechanism underlying the decline was not dispersal but rather decreased
responsiveness to baited hooks associated with an alarm behavioral
response. A companion study showed that alarm and startle responses
were not sustained following the removal of the sound source (Pearson
et al., 1992). Therefore, Skalski et al. (1992) suggested that the
effects on fish abundance may be transitory, primarily occurring during
the sound exposure itself. In some cases, effects on catch rates are
variable within a study, which may be more broadly representative of
temporary displacement of fish in response to airgun noise (i.e., catch
rates may increase in some locations and decrease in others) than any
long-term damage to the fish themselves (Streever et al., 2016).
SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish
and fish mortality and, in some studies, fish auditory systems have
been damaged by airgun noise (McCauley et al., 2003; Popper et al.,
2005; Song et al., 2008). However, in most fish species, hair cells in
the ear continuously regenerate and loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et
al. (2012b. (2012) showed that a TTS of 4-6 dB was recoverable within
24 hours for one species. Impacts would be most severe when the
individual fish is close to the source and when the duration of
exposure is long--both of which are conditions unlikely to occur for
this survey that is necessarily transient in any given location and
likely result in brief, infrequent noise exposure to prey species in
any given area. For this survey, the sound source is constantly moving,
and most fish would likely avoid the sound source prior to receiving
sound of sufficient intensity to cause physiological or anatomical
damage. In addition, ramp-up may allow certain fish species the
opportunity to move further away from the sound source.
A recent comprehensive review (Carroll et al., 2017) found that
results are mixed as to the effects of airgun noise on the prey of
marine mammals. While some studies suggest a change in prey
distribution and/or a reduction in prey abundance following the use of
seismic airguns, others suggest no effects or even positive effects in
prey abundance. As one specific example, Paxton et al. (2017), which
describes findings related to the effects of a 2014 seismic survey on a
reef off of North Carolina, showed a 78 percent decrease in observed
nighttime abundance for certain species. It is important to note that
the evening hours during which the decline in fish habitat use was
recorded (via video recording) occurred on the same day that the
seismic survey passed, and no subsequent data is presented to support
an inference that the response was long-lasting. Additionally, given
that the finding is based on video images, the lack of recorded fish
presence does not support a conclusion that the fish actually moved
away from the site or suffered any serious impairment. In summary, this
particular study corroborates prior studies indicating that a startle
response or short-term displacement should be expected.
Available data suggest that cephalopods are capable of sensing the
particle motion of sounds and detect low frequencies up to 1-1.5 kHz,
depending on the species, and so are likely to detect airgun noise
(Kaifu et al., 2008; Hu et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2010; Samson et
al., 2014). Auditory injuries (lesions occurring on the statocyst
sensory hair cells) have been reported upon controlled exposure to low-
frequency sounds, suggesting that cephalopods are particularly
sensitive to low-frequency sound (Andre et al., 2011; Sole et al.,
2013). Behavioral responses, such as inking and jetting, have also been
reported upon exposure to low-frequency sound (McCauley et al., 2000b;
Samson et al., 2014). Similar to fish, however, the transient nature of
[[Page 59226]]
the survey leads to an expectation that effects will be largely limited
to behavioral reactions and would occur as a result of brief,
infrequent exposures.
With regard to potential impacts on zooplankton, McCauley et al.
(2017) found that exposure to airgun noise resulted in significant
depletion for more than half the taxa present and that there were two
to three times more dead zooplankton after airgun exposure compared
with controls for all taxa, within 1 km of the airguns. However, the
authors also stated that in order to have significant impacts on r-
selected species (i.e., those with high growth rates and that produce
many offspring) such as plankton, the spatial or temporal scale of
impact must be large in comparison with the ecosystem concerned, and it
is possible that the findings reflect avoidance by zooplankton rather
than mortality (McCauley et al., 2017). In addition, the results of
this study are inconsistent with a large body of research that
generally finds limited spatial and temporal impacts to zooplankton as
a result of exposure to airgun noise (e.g., Dalen and Knutsen, 1987;
Payne, 2004; Stanley et al., 2011). Most prior research on this topic,
which has focused on relatively small spatial scales, has showed
minimal effects (e.g., Kostyuchenko, 1973; Booman et al., 1996;
S[aelig]tre and Ona, 1996; Pearson et al., 1994; Bolle et al., 2012).
A modeling exercise was conducted as a follow-up to the McCauley et
al. (2017) study (as recommended by McCauley et al.), in order to
assess the potential for impacts on ocean ecosystem dynamics and
zooplankton population dynamics (Richardson et al., 2017). Richardson
et al. (2017) found that for copepods with a short life cycle in a
high-energy environment, a full-scale airgun survey would impact
copepod abundance up to three days following the end of the survey,
suggesting that effects such as those found by McCauley et al. (2017)
would not be expected to be detectable downstream of the survey areas,
either spatially or temporally.
Notably, a recently described study produced results inconsistent
with those of McCauley et al. (2017). Researchers conducted a field and
laboratory study to assess if exposure to airgun noise affects
mortality, predator escape response, or gene expression of the copepod
Calanus finmarchicus (Fields et al., 2019). Immediate mortality of
copepods was significantly higher, relative to controls, at distances
of 5 m or less from the airguns. Mortality one week after the airgun
blast was significantly higher in the copepods placed 10 m from the
airgun but was not significantly different from the controls at a
distance of 20 m from the airgun. The increase in mortality, relative
to controls, did not exceed 30 percent at any distance from the airgun.
Moreover, the authors caution that even this higher mortality in the
immediate vicinity of the airguns may be more pronounced than what
would be observed in free-swimming animals due to increased flow speed
of fluid inside bags containing the experimental animals. There were no
sublethal effects on the escape performance or the sensory threshold
needed to initiate an escape response at any of the distances from the
airgun that were tested. Whereas McCauley et al. (2017) reported an SEL
of 156 dB at a range of 509-658 m, with zooplankton mortality observed
at that range, Fields et al. (2019) reported an SEL of 186 dB at a
range of 25 m, with no reported mortality at that distance. Regardless,
if we assume a worst-case likelihood of severe impacts to zooplankton
within approximately 1 km of the acoustic source, the typically wide
dispersal of survey vessels and brief time to regeneration of the
potentially affected zooplankton populations does not lead us to expect
any meaningful follow-on effects to the prey base for odontocete
predators.
A recent review article concluded that, while laboratory results
provide scientific evidence for high-intensity and low-frequency sound-
induced physical trauma and other negative effects on some fish and
invertebrates, the sound exposure scenarios in some cases are not
realistic to those encountered by marine organisms during routine
seismic operations (Carroll et al., 2017). The review finds that there
has been no evidence of reduced catch or abundance following seismic
activities for invertebrates, and that there is conflicting evidence
for fish with catch observed to increase, decrease, or remain the same.
Further, where there is evidence for decreased catch rates in response
to airgun noise, these findings provide no information about the
underlying biological cause of catch rate reduction (Carroll et al.,
2017).
In summary, impacts of the specified activity on marine mammal prey
species will likely be limited to behavioral responses, the majority of
prey species will be capable of moving out of the area during the
survey, a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution, and
behavior for prey species is anticipated, and, overall, impacts to prey
species will be minor and temporary. Prey species exposed to sound
might move away from the sound source, experience TTS, experience
masking of biologically relevant sounds, or show no obvious direct
effects. Mortality from decompression injuries is possible in close
proximity to a sound, but only limited data on mortality in response to
airgun noise exposure are available (Hawkins et al., 2014). The most
likely impacts for most prey species in the survey area would be
temporary avoidance of the area. The proposed survey would move through
an area relatively quickly, limiting exposure to multiple impulsive
sounds. In all cases, sound levels would return to ambient once the
survey moves out of the area or ends and the noise source is shut down
and, when exposure to sound ends, behavioral and/or physiological
responses are expected to end relatively quickly (McCauley et al.,
2000b). The duration of fish avoidance of a given area after survey
effort stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment,
distribution, and behavior is anticipated. While the potential for
disruption of spawning aggregations or schools of important prey
species can be meaningful on a local scale, the mobile and temporary
nature of this survey and the likelihood of temporary avoidance
behavior suggest that impacts would be minor.
In general, impacts to marine mammal prey are expected to be
limited due to the relatively small temporal and spatial overlap
between the proposed survey and any areas used by marine mammal prey
species. The proposed use of airguns as part of an active seismic array
survey would occur over a relatively short time period (approximately
25 days at sea) and would occur over a very small area relative to the
area available as marine mammal habitat in the Ross Sea. We believe any
impacts to marine mammals due to adverse effects to their prey would be
insignificant due to the limited spatial and temporal impact of the
proposed survey. However, adverse impacts may occur to a few species of
fish and to zooplankton.
Acoustic Habitat--Acoustic habitat is the soundscape--which
encompasses all of the sound present in a particular location and time,
as a whole--when considered from the perspective of the animals
experiencing it. Animals produce sound for, or listen for sounds
produced by, conspecifics (communication during feeding, mating, and
other social activities), other animals (finding prey or avoiding
predators), and the physical environment (finding suitable habitats,
navigating). Together, sounds made by animals and the geophysical
environment (e.g., produced by earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
[[Page 59227]]
waves) make up the natural contributions to the total acoustics of a
place. These acoustic conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one
attribute of an animal's total habitat.
Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced
by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include
incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be
intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays). Anthropogenic noise varies
widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these
characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated
effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on
masking under Acoustic Effects), which may range from local effects for
brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for long
durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals may
alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or
adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber et
al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011; Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et
al., 2014.
Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to
occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically
relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey
detection (Francis and Barber, 2013). Although the signals emitted by
seismic airgun arrays are generally low frequency, they would also
likely be of short duration and transient in any given area due to the
nature of these surveys. As described previously, exploratory surveys
such as this one cover a large area but would be transient rather than
focused in a given location over time and therefore would not be
considered chronic in any given location.
Based on the information discussed herein, we conclude that impacts
of the specified activity are not likely to have more than short-term
adverse effects on any prey habitat or populations of prey species.
Further, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to
result in significant or long-term consequences for individual marine
mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
All proposed takes are by Level B harassment, involving temporary
changes in behavior. No Level A harassment is expected or proposed for
authorization. In the sections below, we describe methods to estimate
the number of Level B harassment events. The main sources of
distributional and numerical data used in deriving the estimates are
summarized below.
Generally speaking, we estimate take by considering: (1) acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will
be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and (4) the
number of days of activities. We note that while these basic factors
can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an initial prediction
of takes, additional information that can qualitatively inform take
estimates is also sometimes available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below, we describe the factors
considered here in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to
Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A
harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,
Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what the available science indicates
and the practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is
both predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are
likely to be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider Level B
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g.,
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources.
The proposed activities include the use of continuous icebreaking
and impulsive seismic sources and, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (rms) are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies dual
criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five
different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a
result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources
(impulsive or non-impulsive). The proposed activity includes the use of
impulsive seismic and continuous non-impulsive icebreaking sources.
These thresholds are provided in the table below. The references,
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
[[Page 59228]]
Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
When the NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in
recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more
technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in
the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools
to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with
marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that
because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for
these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going
to be overestimates of some degree, which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment take. However, these tools offer the
best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D
modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways
to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address
the output where appropriate. For mobile sources (e.g., icebreaking),
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.
The proposed survey would entail the use of a 2-airgun array with a
total discharge of 210 in\3\ at a tow depth of 1-4 m (with the worst-
case scenario of 4 m assumed for purposes of modeling). L-DEO model
results are used to determine the 160 dBrms radius for the
2-airgun array water depth ranging from 150-700 m. Received sound
levels were predicted by L-DEO's model (Diebold et al., 2010) as a
function of distance from the airguns, for the two 105 in\3\ airguns.
This modeling approach uses ray tracing for the direct wave traveling
from the array to the receiver and its associated source ghost
(reflection at the air-water interface in the vicinity of the array),
in a constant-velocity half-space (infinite homogenous ocean layer,
unbounded by a seafloor). In addition, propagation measurements of
pulses from a 36-airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have been reported
in deep water (~1,600 m), intermediate water depth on the slope (~600-
1,100 m), and shallow water (~50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico in 2007-2008
(Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold et al., 2010).
For deep and intermediate water cases, the field measurements
cannot be used readily to derive the Level A and Level B harassment
isopleths, as at those sites the calibration hydrophone was located at
a roughly constant depth of 350-550 m, which may not intersect all the
SPL isopleths at their widest point from the sea surface down to the
maximum relevant water depth (~2,000 m) for marine mammals. At short
ranges, where the direct arrivals dominate and the effects of seafloor
interactions are minimal, the data at the deep sites are suitable for
comparison with modeled levels at the depth of the calibration
hydrophone. At longer ranges, the comparison with the model--
constructed from the maximum SPL through the entire water column at
varying distances from the airgun array--is the most relevant.
In deep and intermediate water depths at short ranges, sound levels
for direct arrivals recorded by the calibration hydrophone and L-DEO
model results for the same array tow depth are in good alignment (see
Figures 12 and 14 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS 2011). Consequently,
isopleths falling within this domain can be predicted reliably by the
L-DEO model, although they may be imperfectly sampled by measurements
recorded at a single depth. At greater distances, the calibration data
show that seafloor-reflected and sub-seafloor-refracted arrivals
dominate, whereas the direct arrivals become weak and/or incoherent
(see Figures 11, 12, and 16 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS 2011). Aside from
local topography effects, the region around the critical distance is
where the observed levels rise closest to the model curve. However, the
observed sound levels are found to fall almost entirely below the model
curve. Thus, analysis of the Gulf of Mexico calibration measurements
demonstrates that although simple, the L-DEO model is a robust tool for
conservatively estimating isopleths.
The proposed survey would acquire data with two 105-in\3\ guns at a
tow depth of 1-4 m. For deep water (>1000 m), we use the deep-water
radii obtained from L-DEO model results down to a maximum water depth
of 2,000 m for the airgun array. The radii for intermediate water
depths (100-1,000 m) are derived from the deep-water ones by applying a
correction factor (multiplication) of 1.5, such that observed levels at
very near offsets fall below the corrected mitigation curve (see Figure
16 in Appendix H of NSF-USGS 2011).
L-DEO's modeling methodology is described in greater detail in
NSF's IHA application. The estimated distances to the Level B
harassment isopleth for the
[[Page 59229]]
proposed airgun configuration are shown in Table 5.
Table 5--Predicted Radial Distances From the RVIB Palmer Seismic Source
to Isopleths Corresponding to Level B Harassment Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Predicted
distances (m)
Airgun configuration Water depth to 160 dB
(m) \a\ received sound
level
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two 105-in\3\ GI guns................... >1,000 726 \b\
100-1,000 1,089 \c\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ No survey effort would occur in water >1000 m; the distance for this
water depth is included for informational purposes only.
\b\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results.
\c\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results with a 1.5 x correction
factor between deep and intermediate water depths.
Table 6 presents the modeled PTS isopleths for each marine mammal
hearing group based on the L-DEO modeling incorporated in the companion
User Spreadsheet (NMFS 2018).
Table 6--Modeled Radial Distances to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A Harassment Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEL cumulative SEL cumulative Pk PTS Pk PTS
Hearing group PTS threshold PTS distance threshold (dB) distance (m)
(dB) \1\ (m) \1\ \1\ \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency cetaceans......................... 183 25.4 219 6.69
Mid-frequency cetaceans......................... 185 0.0 230 1.50
High-frequency cetaceans........................ 155 0.0 202 47.02
Phocid pinnipeds................................ 185 0.3 218 7.53
Otariid pinnpeds................................ 203 0.0 232 0.92
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative sound exposure level for PTS (SELcumPTS) or Peak (SPLflat) resulting in Level A harassment (i.e.,
injury). Based on 2018 NMFS Acoustic Technical Guidance (NMFS 2018).
Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary
based on marine mammal hearing groups, were calculated based on
modeling performed by L-DEO using the Nucleus software program and the
NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The acoustic thresholds for
impulsive sounds (e.g., airguns) contained in the Technical Guidance
were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure metrics (NMFS 2016a). As dual
metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. In recognition of
the fact that the requirement to calculate Level A harassment
ensonified areas could be more technically challenging to predict due
to the duration component and the use of weighting functions in the new
SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an optional User
Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that
can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to
facilitate the estimation of take numbers.
The SELcum for the two-GI airgun array is derived from
calculating the modified farfield signature. The farfield signature is
often used as a theoretical representation of the source level. To
compute the farfield signature, the source level is estimated at a
large distance (right) below the array (e.g., 9 km), and this level is
back projected mathematically to a notional distance of 1 m from the
array's geometrical center. However, it has been recognized that the
source level from the theoretical farfield signature is never
physically achieved at the source when the source is an array of
multiple airguns separated in space (Tolstoy et al., 2009). Near the
source (at short ranges, distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure
from each individual airgun in the source array do not stack
constructively as they do for the theoretical farfield signature. The
pulses from the different airguns spread out in time such that the
source levels observed or modeled are the result of the summation of
pulses from a few airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al., 2009).
At larger distances, away from the source array center, sound pressure
of all the airguns in the array stack coherently, but not within one
time sample, resulting in smaller source levels (a few dB) than the
source level derived from the farfield signature. Because the farfield
signature does not take into account the interactions of the two
airguns that occur near the source center and is calculated as a point
source (single airgun), the modified farfield signature is a more
appropriate measure of the sound source level for large arrays. For
this smaller array, the modified farfield changes will be
correspondingly smaller as well, but this method is used for
consistency across all array sizes.
The Level B harassment estimates are based on a consideration of
the number of marine mammals that could be within the area around the
operating airgun array where received levels of sound >=160 dB re 1
[micro]Parms are predicted to occur (see Table 1). The estimated
numbers are based on the densities (numbers per unit area) of marine
mammals expected to occur in the area in the absence of seismic
surveys. To the extent that marine mammals tend to move away from
seismic sources before the sound level reaches the criterion level and
tend not to approach an operating airgun array, these estimates likely
overestimate the
[[Page 59230]]
numbers actually exposed to the specified level of sound.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations.
For the proposed survey area, NSF provided density data for marine
mammal species that might be encountered in the project area. NMFS
concurred that these data are the best available. Sightings data from
the 2002-2003 (IWC-SOWER) Circumpolar Cruise, Area V (Ensor et al.
2003) were used to estimate densities for four mysticete (i.e.,
humpback whale, Antarctic minke whale, fin whale, and blue whale) and
six odontocete species (i.e., sperm whale, southern bottlenose whale,
strap-toothed beaked whale, killer whale, long-finned pilot whale and
hourglass dolphin). Densities for sei and Arnoux's beaked whales were
based on those reported in the Naval Marine Species Density Database
(NMSDD) (Department of Navy 2012). NMFS finds NMSDD a reasonable
representation of the lower likelihood of encountering these species,
as evidenced by previous monitoring reports from projects in the same
or similar area (85 FR 5619; January 31, 2020 & 0648-XD705;January 29,
2015) and primary literature on whale species density distribution in
the Antarctic (Cetacean Population Studies Vol.2, 2020). Densities of
pinnipeds were estimated using best available data (Waterhouse 2001;
Pinkerton and Bradford-Grieve 2010) and dividing the estimated
population of pinnipeds (number of animals) by the area of the Ross Sea
(300,000 km\2\). Estimated densities used and Level B harassment
ensonified areas to inform take estimates are presented in Table 7.
Table 7--Marine Mammal Densities and Total Ensonified Area of Activities in the Proposed Survey Area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ross bank Drygalski Icebreaking
Estimated level B tough level B level B
Species density (#/ ensonified ensonified ensonified
km\2\) area (km\2\) area (km\2\) area (km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................... 0.0306570 .............. .............. ..............
Blue whale...................................... 0.0065132 .............. .............. ..............
Sei whale....................................... 0.0046340 .............. .............. ..............
Antarctic minke whale........................... 0.0845595 .............. .............. ..............
Humpback whale.................................. 0.0321169 .............. .............. ..............
Sperm whale..................................... 0.0098821 .............. .............. ..............
Southern bottlenose whale....................... 0.0117912 .............. .............. ..............
Arnoux's beaked whale........................... 0.0134420 .............. .............. ..............
Strap-toothed beaked whale...................... 0.0044919 5,272 4,942 8,278
Killer whale.................................... 0.0208872 .............. .............. ..............
Long-finned pilot whale......................... 0.0399777 .............. .............. ..............
Hourglass dolphin............................... 0.0189782 .............. .............. ..............
Crabeater seal.................................. 0.6800000 .............. .............. ..............
Leopard seal.................................... 0.0266700 .............. .............. ..............
Ross seal....................................... 0.0166700 .............. .............. ..............
Weddell seal.................................... 0.1066700 .............. .............. ..............
Southern elephant seal.......................... 0.0001300 .............. .............. ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
Seismic Surveys
In order to estimate the number of marine mammals predicted to be
exposed to sound levels that would result in Level B harassment, the
radial distance from the airgun array to the predicted isopleth
corresponding to the Level B harassment threshold is calculated, as
described above. The radial distance is then used to calculate the area
around the airgun array predicted to be ensonified to the sound level
that exceed the Level B harassment threshold. The area estimated to be
ensonified in a single day of the survey is then calculated (Table 8),
based on the area predicted to be ensonified around the array and the
estimated trackline distance traveled per day. The daily ensonified
area was then multiplied by the number of estimated seismic acquisition
days -9.6 days for the Ross Bay survey and 9 days for the Drygalski
Trough survey. The product is then multiplied by 1.25 to account for
the additional 25 percent contingency, as described above. This results
in an estimate of the total area (km\2\) expected to be ensonified to
the Level B harassment threshold.
Table 8--Area (km\2\) To Be Ensonified to the Level B Harassment Threshold
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily
Distance/day Threshold ensonified Number of Plus 25% Total
Survey area (km) distance (km) area with survey days (contingency) ensonified
endcap (km\2\) area (km\2\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ross Bank............................................... 200 1.089 439 9.6 12 5,272
Drygaiski Trough........................................ 200 1.089 439 9 11.25 4,942
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on the small Level A harassment isopleths (as shown in Table
6) and in consideration of the proposed mitigation measures (see
Proposed Mitigation section below), take by Level A harassment is not
expected to occur and is not proposed for authorization.
[[Page 59231]]
The marine mammals predicted to occur within the respective areas,
based on estimated densities (Table 7), are assumed to be incidentally
taken. Estimated take, and percentages of the stocks estimated to be
taken, for the proposed survey are shown in Table 10.
Icebreaking
Applying the maximum estimated amount of icebreaking expected by
NSF, i.e., 500 km, we calculate the total ensonified area of
icebreaking (Table 9). Estimates of exposures assume that there would
be approximately 2 days of icebreaking activities; the calculated takes
have been increased by 25 percent (2.75 days).
Table 9--Ensonified Area for Icebreaking Activities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily
Distance/day Threshold ensonified area Number of Plus 25% Total
Criteria (km) distance (km) with endcap survey days (contingency) ensonified area
(km\2\) (km\2\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120 dB............................................ 223 6,456 3,010 2.2 2.75 8,278
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated take from icebreaking for the proposed survey are shown
in Table 10. As most cetaceans do not occur in pack ice, the estimates
of the numbers of marine mammals potentially exposed to sounds greater
than the Level B harassment threshold (120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa rms) are
precautionary and probably overestimate the actual numbers of marine
mammals that could be involved. No takes by Level A harassment are
expected or proposed for authorization. The estimated number of takes
for pinnipeds accounts for both seals that may be in the water and
those hauled out on ice surfaces. Few cetaceans are expected to be seen
during icebreaking activities, although some could occur along the ice
margin.
Table 10--Total Marine Mammal Take Estimated for the Proposed Survey in the Ross Sea
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level B take Total take
Species -------------------------------- proposed for Population Percent of
All seismic Icebreaking authorization abundance population
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................... 313 254 567 38,200 1.48
Blue whale...................... 67 54 120 1,700 7.09
Sei whale....................... 47 38 86 10,000 0.86
Antarctic minke whale........... 864 700 1,564 515,000 0.3
Humpback whale.................. 328 266 594 42,000 1.41
Sperm whale..................... 101 82 183 12,069 1.51
Southern bottlenose whale....... 120 98 218 599,300 0.04
Arnoux's beaked whale........... 137 111 249 599,300 0.04
Strap-toothed beaked whale...... 46 37 83 599,300 0.01
Killer whale.................... 213 173 386 25,000 1.55
Long-finned pilot whale......... 408 331 739 200,000 0.37
Hourglass dolphin............... 194 157 351 144,300 0.24
Crabeater seal.................. 6,946 5,629 12,575 1,700,000 1
Leopard seal.................... 272 221 493 220,000 0.22
Ross seal....................... 170 138 308 250,000 0.12
Weddell seal.................... 1,090 883 1,973 1,000,000 0.2
Southern elephant seal.......... 2 1 3 750,000 <0.01
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting the
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) the manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and;
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
Mitigation measures that would be adopted during the planned survey
include, but are not limited to: (1)
[[Page 59232]]
Vessel speed or course alteration, provided that doing so would not
compromise operation safety requirements. (2) GI-airgun shut down
within exclusion zones (EZ)s, and (3) ramp-up procedures.
Vessel-Visual Based Mitigation Monitoring
Visual monitoring requires the use of trained observers (herein
referred to as visual protected species observers (PSOs)) to scan the
ocean surface visually for the presence of marine mammals. The area to
be scanned visually includes primarily the exclusion zone, within which
observation of certain marine mammals requires shutdown of the acoustic
source, but also the buffer zone. The buffer zone means an area beyond
the exclusion zone to be monitored for the presence of marine mammals
that may enter the exclusion zone. During pre-start clearance (i.e.,
before ramp-up begins), the buffer zone also acts as an extension of
the exclusion zone in that observations of marine mammals within the
buffer zone would also prevent airgun operations from beginning (i.e.,
ramp-up). The buffer zone encompasses the area at and below the sea
surface from the edge of the 100 m exclusion zone measured from the
edges of the airgun array. Visual monitoring of the exclusion zone and
adjacent waters is intended to establish and, when visual conditions
allow, maintain zones around the sound source that are clear of marine
mammals, thereby reducing or eliminating the potential for injury and
minimizing the potential for more severe behavioral reactions for
animals occurring closer to the vessel. Visual monitoring of the buffer
zone is intended to (1) provide additional protection to na[iuml]ve
marine mammals that may be in the area during pre-clearance, and (2)
during airgun use, aid in establishing and maintaining the exclusion
zone by altering the visual observer and crew of marine mammals that
are outside of, but may approach and enter, the exclusion zone.
NSF must use independent, dedicated, trained visual PSOs, meaning
that the PSOs must be employed by a third-party observer provider, must
not have tasks other than to conduct observational effort, collect
data, and communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with
regard to the presence of protected species and mitigation
requirements, and must have successfully completed an approved PSO
training course. PSO resumes shall be provided to NMFS for approval.
At least one visual PSO must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea
experience working in that role during a shallow penetration or low-
energy survey, with no more than 18 months elapsed since the conclusion
of the at-sea experience. One PSO with such experience shall be
designated as the lead for the entire protected species observation
team. The lead PSO shall serve as primary point of contact for the
vessel operator and ensure all PSO requirements per the IHA are met. To
the maximum extent practicable, the experienced PSOs should be
scheduled to be on duty with those PSOs with the appropriate training
but who have not yet gained relevant experience.
During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the
acoustic source is planned to occur, and whenever the acoustic source
is in the water, whether activated or not), a minimum of two PSOs must
be on duty and conducting visual observations at all times during
daylight hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30
minutes following sunset) and 30 minutes prior to and during ramp-up of
the airgun array. Visual monitoring of the exclusion and buffer zones
must begin no less than 30 minutes prior to ramp-up and must continue
until one hour after use of the acoustic source ceases or until 30
minutes past sunset. Visual PSOs must coordinate to ensure 360 degree
visual coverage around the vessel from the most appropriate observation
posts, and must conduct visual observations using binoculars and the
naked eye while free from distractions and in a consistent, systematic,
and diligent manner.
PSOs shall establish and monitor the exclusion and buffer zones.
These zones shall be based upon the radial distance from the edges of
the acoustic source (rather than being based on the center of the array
or around the vessel itself). During use of the acoustic source (i.e.,
anytime airguns are active, including ramp-up) shall be communicated to
the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown of the acoustic
source.
During use of the airgun, detections of marine mammals within the
buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) should be communicated to
the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown of the acoustic
source. Visual PSOs will immediately communicate all observations to
the on duty acoustic PSO(s), including any determination by the PSO
regarding species identification, distance, and bearing and the degree
of confidence in the determination. Any observations of marine mammals
by crew members shall be relayed to the PSO team. During good
conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea state (BSS) 3 or less),
visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the acoustic source is not
operating for comparison of sightings rates and behavior with and
without use of the acoustic source and between acquisition periods, to
the maximum extent practicable.
Visual PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive hours
followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may
conduct a maximum of 12 hours of observation per 24-hour period.
Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone
An exclusion zone (EZ) is a defined area within which occurrence of
a marine mammal triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the
potential for certain outcome, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of
critical behaviors. The PSOs would establish a minimum EZ with a 100 m
radius with an additional 100 m buffer zone (total of 200 m). The 200m
zone would be based on radial distance from the edge of the airgun
array (rather than being based on the center of the array or around the
vessel itself). With certain exceptions (described below), if a marine
mammal appears within or enters this zone, the acoustic source would be
shut down.
The 100 m EZ, with additional 100 m buffer zone, is intended to be
precautionary in the sense that it would be expected to contain sound
exceeding the injury criteria for all cetacean hearing groups, (based
on the dual criteria of SELcum and peak SPL), while also
providing a consistent, reasonably observable zone within which PSOs
would typically be able to conduct effective observational effort.
Additionally, a 100 m EZ is expected to minimize the likelihood that
marine mammals will be exposed to levels likely to result in more
severe behavioral responses. Although significantly greater distances
may be observed from an elevated platform under good conditions, we
believe that 100 m is regularly attainable for PSOs using the naked eye
during typical conditions.
An extended 500 m exclusion zone must be established for beaked
whales, large whales with a calf, and an aggregation of whales during
all survey effort. No buffer zone is required.
Pre-Clearance and Ramp-Up
Ramp-up (sometimes referred to as ``soft start'') is the gradual
and systematic increase of emitted sound levels from an airgun array.
Ramp-up would begin with one GI airgun 45 cu in first being activated,
followed by the second after 5 minutes. The intent of pre-clearance
observation (30 minutes)
[[Page 59233]]
is to ensure no marine mammals are observed within the buffer zone
prior to the beginning of ramp-up. During pre-clearance is the only
time observations of marine mammals in the buffer zone would prevent
operations (i.e., the beginning of ramp-up). The intent of ramp-up is
to warn protected species of pending seismic operations and to allow
sufficient time for those animals to leave the immediate vicinity. A
ramp-up procedure, involving a stepwise increase in the number of
airguns are activated and the full volume is achieve, is required at
all times as part of the activation of the acoustic source. All
operators must adhere to the following pre-clearance and ramp-up
requirements:
(1) The operator must notify a designated PSO of the planned start
of ramp-up as agreed upon with the lead PSO; the notification time
should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the planned ramp-up in
order to allow PSOs time to monitor the exclusion and buffer zones for
30 minutes prior to the initiation of ramp-up (pre-clearance);
Ramp-ups shall be scheduled so as to minimize the time
spent with the source activated prior to reaching the designated run-
in;
One of the PSOs conducting pre-clearance observations must
be notified again immediately prior to initiating ramp-up procedures
and the operator must receive confirmation from the PSO to proceed;
Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal is
within the applicable exclusion or buffer zone. If a marine mammal is
observed within the applicable exclusion zone or the buffer zone during
the 30 minutes pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the
animal(s) has been observed exiting the zones or until an additional
time period has elapsed with no further sightings (15 minutes for small
odontocetes and pinnipeds, and 30 minutes for Mysticetes and all other
odontocetes, including sperm whales and beaked whales);
PSOs must monitor the exclusion and buffer zones during
ramp-up, and ramp-up must cease and the source must be shut down upon
detection of a marine mammal within the applicable exclusion zone. Once
ramp-up has begun, detections of marine mammals within the buffer zone
do not require shutdown, but such observation shall be communicated to
the operator to prepare for the potential shutdown.
(2) If the acoustic source is shut down for brief periods (i.e.,
less than 30 minutes) for reasons other than that described for
shutdown (e.g., mechanical difficulty), it may be activated again
without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant observation and no
detections of marine mammals have occurred within the applicable
exclusion zone. For any longer shutdown, pre-start clearance
observation and ramp-up are required. For any shutdown at night or in
periods of poor visibility (e.g., BSS 4 or greater), ramp-up is
required, but if the shutdown period was brief and constant observation
was maintained, pre-start clearance watch is not required.
Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements
requires ramp-up. Testing limited to individual source elements or
strings does not require ramp-up but does require pre-start clearance
watch.
Shutdown Procedures
The shutdown of an airgun array requires the immediate de-
activation of all individual airgun elements of the array. Any PSO on
duty will have the authority to delay the start of survey operations or
to call for shutdown of the acoustic source if a marine mammal is
detected within the applicable exclusion zone. The operator must also
establish and maintain clear lines of communication directly between
PSOs on duty and crew controlling the acoustic source to ensure that
shutdown commands are conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs to maintain
watch. When both visual and acoustic PSOs are on duty, all detections
will be immediately communicated to the remainder of the on-duty PSO
team for potential verification of visual observations by the acoustic
PSO or of acoustic detections by visual PSOs. When the airgun array is
active (i.e., anytime one or more airguns is active, including during
ramp-up) and (1) a marine mammal appears within or enters the
applicable exclusion zone and/or (2) a marine mammal (other than
delphinids, see below) is detected acoustically and localized within
the applicable exclusion zone, the acoustic source will be shut down.
When shutdown is called for by a PSO, the acoustic source will be
immediately deactivated and any dispute resolved only following
deactivation.
Following a shutdown, airgun activity would not resume until the
marine mammal has cleared the EZ. The animal would be considered to
have cleared the EZ if it is visually observed to have departed the EZ,
or it has not been seen within the EZ for 15 minutes in the case of
small odontocetes and pinnipeds, and 30 minutes for Mysticetes and all
other odontocetes, including sperm and beaked whales, with no further
observation of the marine mammal(s).
Upon implementation of shutdown, the source may be reactivated
after the marine mammal(s) has been observed exiting the applicable
exclusion zone (i.e., animal is not required to fully exit the buffer
zone where applicable) or following a clearance period (15 minutes for
small odontocetes and pinnipeds, and 30 minutes for mysticetes and all
other odontocetes, including sperm whales, beaked whales, pilot whales,
killer whales, and Risso's dolphin) with no further observation of the
marine mammal(s).
NSF must implement shutdown if a marine mammal species for which
take was not authorized, or a species for which authorization was
granted but the takes have been met, approaches the Level B harassment
zones.
Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures
These measures apply to all vessels associated with the planned
survey activity; however, we note that these requirements do not apply
in any case where compliance would create an imminent and serious
threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction,
cannot comply. These measures include the following:
(1) Vessel operators and crews must maintain a vigilant watch for
all marine mammals and slow down, stop their vessel, or alter course,
as appropriate and regardless of vessel size, to avoid striking any
marine mammal. A single marine mammal at the surface may indicate the
presence of submerged animals in the vicinity of the vessel; therefore,
precautionary measures should be exercised when an animal is observed.
A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a vessel strike
avoidance zone around the vessel (specific distances detailed below),
to ensure the potential for strike is minimized. Visual observers
monitoring the vessel strike avoidance zone can be either third-party
observers or crew members, but crew members responsible for these
duties must be provided sufficient training to distinguish marine
mammals from other phenomena and broadly to identify a marine mammal to
broad taxonomic group (i.e., as a large whale or other marine mammal);
(2) Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 kn or less when mother/calf
pairs, pods, or large assemblages of any marine mammal are observed
near a vessel;
(3) All vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100
m from large whales (i.e., sperm whales and all mysticetes);
[[Page 59234]]
(4) All vessels must attempt to maintain a minimum separation
distance of 50 m from all other marine mammals, with an exception made
for those animals that approach the vessel; and
(5) When marine mammals are sighted while a vessel is underway, the
vessel should take action as necessary to avoid violating the relevant
separation distance (e.g., attempt to remain parallel to the animal's
course, avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in direction until the
animal has left the area). If marine mammals are sighted within the
relevant separation distance, the vessel should reduce speed and shift
the engine to neutral, not engaging the engines until animals are clear
of the area. This recommendation does not apply to any vessel towing
gear.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
(1) Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in
which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density).
(2) Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to
potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
(3) Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
(4) How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) long-
term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks.
(5) Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat).
(6) Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
As described above, PSO observations would take place during
daytime airgun operations. During seismic operations, at least three
visual PSO would be based aboard the Palmer, with a minimum of one on
duty at all times during daylight hours. NMFS' typical requirements for
surveys of this type include a minimum of two PSOs on duty at all times
during daylight hours. However, NSF stated in communications with NMFS
that the requirement is not practicable in this circumstance due to the
remote location of the proposed survey and associated logistical
issues, including limited capacity to fly PSOs into and out of McMurdo
Station in Antarctica and limited berth space on the Palmer, and
requested an exception to the requirement. NMFS agrees that, in this
circumstance, the requirement to have a minimum of two PSOs on duty
during all daylight hours would be impracticable and, therefore,
proposes that a minimum of one PSO be on duty. NSF must employ two PSOs
on duty during all daylight hours to the maximum extent practicable.
NSF Monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the following
requirements:
(1) PSOs shall be independent, dedicated and trained and must be
employed by a third-party observer provider;
(2) PSOs shall have no tasks other than to conduct visual
observational effort, collect data, and communicate with and instruct
relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of protected species
and mitigation requirements (including brief alerts regarding maritime
hazards);
(3) PSOs shall have successfully completed an approved PSO training
course appropriate for their designated task (visual or acoustic);
(4) NMFS must review and approve PSO resumes accompanied by a
relevant training course information packet that includes the name and
qualifications (i.e., experience, training completed, or educational
background) of the instructor(s), the course outline or syllabus, and
course reference material as well as a document stating successful
completion of the course;
(5) NMFS shall have one week to approve PSOs from the time that the
necessary information is submitted, after which PSOs meeting the
minimum requirements shall automatically be considered approved;
(6) PSOs must successfully complete relevant training, including
completion of all required coursework and passing (80 percent or
greater) a written and/or oral examination developed for the training
program;
(7) PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from
an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural
sciences, a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the
biological sciences, and at least one undergraduate course in math or
statistics; and
(8) The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for
such a waiver shall be submitted to NMFS and must include written
justification. Requests shall be granted or denied (with justification)
by NMFS within one week of receipt of submitted information. Alternate
experience that may be considered includes, but is not limited to
secondary education and/or experience comparable to PSO
duties;
previous work experience conducting academic, commercial,
or government-sponsored protected species surveys; or
previous work experience as a PSO; the PSO should
demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance of PSO
duties.
PSOs must use standardized data collection forms, whether hard copy
or electronic. PSOs must record detailed information about any
implementation of mitigation requirements, including the distance of
animals to the acoustic source and description of specific actions that
ensued, the behavior of the animal(s), any observed changes in behavior
before and after implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown was
implemented, the length of time before any subsequent ramp-up
[[Page 59235]]
of the acoustic source. If required mitigation was not implemented,
PSOs should record a description of the circumstances. At a minimum,
the following information must be recorded:
Vessel name and call sign;
PSO names and affiliations;
Date and participants of PSO briefings (as discussed in
General Requirement);
Dates of departure and return to port with port name;
Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and
times corresponding with PSO effort;
Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort
began and ended and vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO
duty shifts;
Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual
PSO duty shifts and upon any line change;
Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at
beginning and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions changed
significantly), including BSS and any other relevant weather conditions
including cloud cover, fog, sun glare, and overall visibility to the
horizon;
Factors that may have contributed to impaired observations
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions
changed (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions); and
Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance
(i.e., pre-start clearance, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.).
The following information should be recorded upon visual
observation of any marine mammal:
Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort,
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
PSO who sighted the animal;
Time of sighting;
Vessel location at time of sighting;
Water depth;
Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
Pace of the animal;
Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative
to vessel at initial sighting;
Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified) and the composition of the
group if there is a mix of species;
Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings,
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
Description (as many distinguishing features as possible
of each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars
or markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow
characteristics);
Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows/
breaths, number of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding,
traveling; as explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed
changes in behavior);
Animal's closest point of approach (CPA) and/or closest
distance from any element of the acoustic source;
Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying,
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
Description of any actions implemented in response to the
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up) and time and location of the
action.
Reporting
NSF must submit a draft comprehensive report to NMFS on all
activities and monitoring results within 90 days of the completion of
the survey or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes sooner. A final
report must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of any
comments on the draft report. The report would describe the operations
that were conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the
operations. The report would provide full documentation of methods,
results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day
report would summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations,
and all marine mammal sightings (dates, times, locations, activities,
associated seismic survey activities). The report would also include
estimates of the number and nature of exposures that occurred above the
harassment threshold based on PSO observations and including an
estimate of those that were not detected, in consideration of both the
characteristics and behaviors of the species of marine mammals that
affect detectability, as well as the environmental factors that affect
detectability.
The draft report shall also include geo-referenced time-stamped
vessel tracklines for all time periods during which airguns were
operating. Tracklines should include points recording any change in
airgun status (e.g., when the airguns began operating, when they were
turned off, or when they changed from full array to single gun or vice
versa). Geographic Information System (GIS) files shall be provided in
Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI) shapefile format and
include the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) date and time, latitude in
decimal degrees, and longitude in decimal degrees. All coordinates
shall be referenced to the WGS84 geographic coordinate system. In
addition to the report, all raw observational data shall be made
available to NMFS. The report must summarize the information submitted
in interim monthly reports as well as additional data collected as
described above and in the IHA. A final report must be submitted within
30 days following resolution of any comments on the draft report.
Reporting Injured or Dead Marine Mammals
Discovery of injured or dead marine mammals--In the event that
personnel involved in survey activities covered by the authorization
discover an injured or dead marine mammal, the NSF shall report the
incident to the Office of Protected Resources (OPR), NMFS as soon as
feasible. The report must include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the first
discovery (and updated location information if known and applicable);
Species identification (if known) or description of the
animal(s) involved;
Condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if
the animal is dead);
Observed behaviors of the animal(s), if alive;
If available, photographs or video footage of the
animal(s); and
General circumstances under which the animal was
discovered.
Vessel strike--In the event of a ship strike of a marine mammal by
any vessel involved in the activities covered by the authorization, L-
DEO shall report the incident to Office of Protected Resources (OPR),
NMFS and to the NMFS West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinator as soon
as feasible. The report must include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Vessel's course/heading and what operations were being
conducted (if applicable);
Status of all sound sources in use;
Description of avoidance measures/requirements that were
in place at the time of the strike and what additional measure were
taken, if any, to avoid strike;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea
[[Page 59236]]
state, cloud cover, visibility) immediately preceding the strike;
Species identification (if known) or description of the
animal(s) involved;
Estimated size and length of the animal that was struck;
Description of the behavior of the animal immediately
preceding and following the strike;
If available, description of the presence and behavior of
any other marine mammals present immediately preceding the strike;
Estimated fate of the animal (e.g., dead, injured but
alive, injured and moving, blood or tissue observed in the water,
status unknown, disappeared); and To the extent practicable,
photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of our analysis applies to all
the species listed in Table 2 given that the anticipated effects of
this activity on these different marine mammal stocks are expected to
be similar, except where a species- or stock-specific discussion is
warranted. NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality
would occur as a result from low-energy survey, even in the absence of
mitigation, and no serious injury or mortality is proposed to be
authorized. As discussed in the Potential Effects of Specified
Activities on Marine Mammals and their Habitat section, non-auditory
physical effects and vessel strike are not expected to occur. NMFS
expects that all potential take would be in the form of Level B
behavioral harassment in the form of temporary avoidance of the area or
decreased foraging (if such activity was occurring), responses that are
considered to be of low severity, and with no lasting biological
consequences (e.g., Southall et al., 2007, 2021). These low-level
impacts of behavioral harassment are not likely to impact the overall
fitness of any individual or lead to population level effects of any
species. As described above, Level A harassment is not expected to
occur given the estimated small size of the Level A harassment zones.
In addition to being temporary, the maximum expected Level B
harassment zone around the survey vessel is 1,089 m (and as much a
6,456 m for icebreaking activities). Therefore, the ensonified area
surrounding the vessel is relatively small compared to the overall
distribution of animals in the area and their use of the habitat.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted as prey
species are mobile and are broadly distributed throughout the survey
area; therefore, marine mammals that may be temporarily displaced
during survey activities are expected to be able to resume foraging
once they have moved away from areas with disturbing levels of
underwater noise. Because of the short duration (19 days) and temporary
nature of the disturbance and the availability of similar habitat and
resources in the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and
the food sources that they utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or
their populations.
NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would
occur as a result of NSF's proposed seismic survey, even in the absence
of proposed mitigation. Thus, the proposed authorization does not
authorize any serious injury or mortality. As discussed in the
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and their
Habitat section, non-auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel
strike are not expected to occur.
No takes by Level A harassment are proposed to be authorized. The
100-m EZ encompasses the Level A harassment isopleths for all marine
mammal hearing groups, and is expected to prevent animals from being
exposed to sound levels that would cause PTS. Also, as described above,
we expect that marine mammals would be likely to move away from a sound
source that represents an aversive stimulus, especially at levels that
would be expected to result in PTS, given sufficient notice of the RVIB
Palmer's approach due to the vessel's relatively low speed when
conducting seismic survey. We expect that any instances of take would
be in the form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the form
of temporary avoidance of the area or decreased foraging (if such
activity were occurring), reactions that are considered to be of low
severity and with no lasting biological consequences (e.g., Southall et
al., 2007).
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of Specified
Activities on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted,
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, marine mammals that
may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected to
be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature
of the disturbance, the availability of similar habitat and resources
in the surrounding area, and the lack of important or unique marine
mammal habitat, the impacts to marine mammals and the food sources that
they utilize are not expected to cause significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations. In
addition, there are no feeding, mating or calving areas known to be
biologically important to marine mammals within the proposed project
area.
As explained above in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area
of Specified Activities section, marine mammals in the survey area are
not assigned to NMFS stocks. Therefore, we rely on the best available
information on the abundance estimates for the species of marine
mammals that could be taken.
[[Page 59237]]
The activity is expected to impact a very small percentage of all
marine mammal populations that would be affected by NSF's proposed
survey (approximately three percent or less each for all marine mammal
populations where abundance estimates exist). Additionally, the
acoustic ``footprint'' of the proposed survey would be very small
relative to the ranges of all marine mammal species that would
potentially be affected. Sound levels would increase in the marine
environment in a relatively small area surrounding the vessel compared
to the range of the marine mammals within the proposed survey area. The
seismic array would be active 24 hours per day throughout the duration
of the proposed survey. However, the very brief overall duration of the
proposed survey (19 days) would further limit potential impacts that
may occur as a result of the proposed activity.
The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number
and/or severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine mammals in
the vicinity of the vessel by visual observers, and by minimizing the
severity of any potential exposures via ramp-ups and shutdowns of the
airgun array.
Of the marine mammal species that are likely to occur in the
project area, the following species are listed as endangered under the
ESA: blue, fin, sei, and sperm whales. We are proposing to authorize
very small numbers of takes for these species (Table 9), relative to
their population sizes (again, for species where population abundance
estimates exist), therefore we do not expect population-level impacts
to any of these species. The other marine mammal species that may be
taken by harassment during NSF's seismic survey are not listed as
threatened or endangered under the ESA. There is no designated critical
habitat for any ESA-listed marine mammals within the project area.
NMFS concludes that exposures of marine mammals due to NSF's
proposed seismic survey would result in only short-term (temporary and
short in duration) effects to individuals exposed. Marine mammals may
temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use,
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not
anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
(1) No mortality, serious injury or Level A harassment is
anticipated or proposed to be authorized;
(2) The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine
mammals would primarily be temporary behavioral changes of small
percentages of the affected species due to avoidance of the area around
the survey vessel. The relatively short duration of the proposed survey
(19 days) would further limit the potential impacts of any temporary
behavioral changes that would occur;
(3) The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat value
for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during the
proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
(4) The potential adverse effects of the proposed survey on fish or
invertebrate species that serve as prey species for marine mammals
would be temporary and spatially limited; and
(5) The proposed mitigation measures, including visual monitoring,
ramp-ups, and shutdowns, are expected to minimize potential impacts to
marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity would have a negligible impact
on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. When the predicted number of
individuals to be taken is fewer than one-third of the species or stock
abundance, the take is considered to be of small numbers. Additionally,
other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as
the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
The amount of take NMFS proposes to authorize is below one third of
the estimated stock abundance for all species (in fact, take of
individuals is less than ten percent of the abundance of the affected
stocks, see Table 10). This is likely a conservative estimate because
we assume all takes are of different individual animals, which is
likely not the case. Some individuals may be encountered multiple times
in a day, but PSOs would count them as separate individuals if they
cannot be identified.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population
sizes of the affected species.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal species or stocks implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species.
We propose to authorize take of blue, fin, sei, and sperm whales,
which are listed under the ESA, and have requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude
the ESA consultation prior to reaching a determination regarding the
proposed issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to NSF for conducting seismic survey and icebreaking in
the Ross Sea, in January through February 2023, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
[[Page 59238]]
requirements are incorporated. A draft of the proposed IHA can be found
at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed low-
energy marine geophysical survey and icebreaking activity in the Ross
Sea. We also request at this time comment on the potential renewal of
this proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include
with your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help
inform decisions on the request for this IHA or a subsequent Renewal.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year IHA renewal with
an additional 15 days for public comments when (1) another year of
identical or nearly identical activities as described in the Potential
Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and their Habitat
section of this notice is planned or (2) the activities as described in
the Specified Activities section of this notice would not be completed
by the time the IHA expires and a Renewal would allow for completion of
the activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section
of this notice, provided all of the following conditions are met:
(1) A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days prior
to expiration of the current IHA.
(2) The request for renewal must include the following:
An explanation that the activities to be conducted under
the requested Renewal are identical to the activities analyzed under
the initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal).
A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for Renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: September 22, 2022.
Kimberly Damon-Randall,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2022-20928 Filed 9-28-22; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P